# Train Canine
> Practical puppy training, behavior support, cooperative care, and training-plan resources for serious dog people, puppy families, and trainers.
Public Ghost content for AI and LLM tooling. This file includes a bounded export of public pages first, then recent public posts.
Append `.md` to any post or page URL to get the content in Markdown (for example, `/example-post.md`).
## Pages
### About Train Canine
URL: https://www.traincanine.com/about/
Last updated: 2026-07-17T12:28:23.000Z
Train Canine helps new puppy families, dog-training enthusiasts, and trainers understand dog behavior, solve real training problems, and build clearer training plans.

[Train Canine is for people who want to understand dog training](https://www.traincanine.com/start-here/). Whether you're a professional dog trainer working with real client cases, an aspiring trainer who wants to build a stronger foundation or a serious dog enthusiast who wants to understand why training works, you'll find up-to-date information and resources here.

Whether you are raising a puppy, working through common behavior challenges, preparing for cooperative care, trying to understand your dog better, or building better training habits at home, Train Canine offers clear resources, guides, courses, and tools.

## Meet Sarah Filipiak, CDBC

**Train Canine was founded by Sarah Filipiak, CDBC.** 

![Sarah Filipiak, CDBC, founder of Train Canine, holding a puppy](https://storage.ghost.io/c/8e/39/8e39a9e9-cb69-43e0-9ad9-7b83467424a6/content/images/2026/06/Sarah_Beatrix.png)Sarah is a Certified Dog Behavior Consultant, educator, curriculum designer, and professional mentor with more than two decades of experience in dog training and behavior consulting. She develops practical, structured education for dog trainers who want clearer decision-making, stronger training plans, and better client results.   
  
 Sarah teaches for the [Association of Professional Dog Trainers International](https://www.apdt.com/?ref=traincanine.com) and leads mentorship programs through the [IAABC Foundation ](https://www.iaabcfoundation.org/?ref=traincanine.com), helping aspiring consultants build the skills needed for professional certification. She has also served as executive director, president, and board member of the International Association of Animal Behavior Consultants.

  
In addition to her work in dog behavior, Sarah holds bachelor’s degrees in psychology and journalism. Her background in behavior, teaching, and strategic communication shapes Train Canine’s approach: clear explanations meeting practical structure so trainers, behavior consultants and clients can see real progress in their training plans.

## What Train Canine helps with

Train Canine focuses on the parts of dog training that help a plan actually work, including:

- puppy basics, early learning, and preventing small problems from turning into big ones
- common training problems like biting, jumping, leash pulling, barking, settling, and “my dog knows this but won’t do it here”
- cooperative care, grooming practice, handling skills, and helping dogs feel better about needed care
- reactivity, fear, frustration, overexcitement, and other big-feelings behavior
- understanding behavior, not just teaching cues or following steps
- building clear training plans for home practice, client cases, classes, and behavior-change work
- choosing the next step when progress stalls or the first plan is not working
- improving follow-through between lessons, practice sessions, or training appointments
- helping serious dog people and dog-training enthusiasts learn more deeply without getting lost in jargon
- helping aspiring trainers, professional trainers, and behavior consultants organize their work more clearly

The site includes articles, courses, templates, coaching resources, and practical tools for people who want more structure in their training or teaching.

## Who Train Canine is for

Train Canine serves several connected audiences.

If you are a dog owner working through puppy, manners, reactivity, grooming, or behavior challenges, you will find practical guidance that helps you understand what to do and why it works.

If you are a serious dog-training learner or aspiring trainer, Train Canine can help you build a stronger foundation before you move into professional education or behavior consulting.

If you are a professional dog trainer, Train Canine focuses on the skills that hold your work together: training plans, client communication, homework, troubleshooting, and structured follow-through.

If you are moving toward behavior consulting, Train Canine offers education and resources that help you think more clearly about behavior change, case structure, and professional decision-making.

## Start here

[New to Train Canine?](https://www.traincanine.com/start-here/)

Start with the resources that match where you are now:

[Dog Training 201](https://www.traincanine.com/dog-training-201-course/) — for dog trainers who know the basics but want better plans, better follow-through, and better client results.

[What is a dog behavior consultant?](https://www.traincanine.com/what-is-a-dog-behavior-consultant/) — for trainers and serious learners who want to understand how behavior consulting differs from basic training.

[Why dog training clients don’t follow through](https://www.traincanine.com/simple-tricks-to-help-dog-training-clients-succeed/) — for trainers who want better client participation without blame, guilt, or chaos.

You can also browse the latest articles on [traincanine.com](https://www.traincanine.com/).

## Official Train Canine profiles

Train Canine’s official website is [traincanine.com](https://www.traincanine.com/).

You can also find Train Canine on these official social platforms:

[TikTok](https://www.tiktok.com/@traincanine?ref=traincanine.com)  
[Instagram](https://www.instagram.com/train%5Fcanine?ref=traincanine.com)  
[Facebook](https://www.facebook.com/traincanine)  
[Pinterest](https://www.pinterest.com/traincanine/?ref=traincanine.com)

These are the official social profiles for Train Canine and Sarah Filipiak, CDBC. Other dog-training accounts with similar names are not affiliated with Train Canine.

## Learn with Train Canine

Train Canine is built for people who want dog training to make sense in practice.

That means fewer vague tips, fewer magic-sounding protocols, and more attention to the actual work: understanding the case, choosing the next step, explaining the plan, supporting the learner, and adjusting when real life does what real life does.

If you want practical education for better training plans, stronger client follow-through, and clearer behavior outcomes, you are in the right place.
### Privacy policy
URL: https://www.traincanine.com/privacy-policy-2/
Last updated: 2021-12-27T00:38:03.000Z
This site does not use any tracking cookies of any kind.

If you have subscribed to our mailing list, you data will be used to send you email from Train Canine. We will never share or sell your information with a third party.
### Start here
URL: https://www.traincanine.com/start-here/
Last updated: 2026-09-10T15:59:41.000Z
Train Canine helps new puppy families, serious dog-training enthusiasts, aspiring trainers, professional dog trainers, and behavior consultants understand dog behavior, solve real training problems, and build clearer training plans.

Start with the section that sounds most like you!

## I’m working through puppy, manners, or behavior problems with my own dog

Start here if you are raising a puppy, dealing with house-training accidents, trying to understand body language, working through reactivity, or wondering why your dog does something that seems confusing.

**Useful starting points:**

[Puppy house-training help](https://www.traincanine.com/puppy-peeing-indoors-solutions-and-tips/)  
Start here if your puppy is having accidents indoors, even after going outside.

[Puppy house-training checklist](https://www.traincanine.com/puppy-house-training-checklist/)  
A free member resource to help you spot patterns in timing, supervision, rewards, cleanup, and household consistency.

[How to tell if your dog is relaxed](https://www.traincanine.com/how-to-tell-if-your-dog-is-relaxed-body-language-and-signs/)  
Learn how to read relaxed, stressed, and ambiguous dog body language.

[Understanding reactive dogs](https://www.traincanine.com/managing-reactive-dogs-stress-signs-environment/)  
A starting point for thinking about stress, triggers, and environmental setup.

## I want to understand dog training more deeply

Start here if you are not a professional trainer, but you want better explanations than “be consistent” or “reward the good behavior.” This path is for serious dog enthusiasts, dog-training students, and people who like understanding why training works.

**Useful starting points:**

[Keep an eye on emotions to ease your dog’s learning curve](https://www.traincanine.com/emotions-in-dog-training-empathy-body-language/)  
Learn why body language, stress, and emotional state matter during training.

[What is the ABA model of behavior change?](https://www.traincanine.com/what-is-the-aba-model-of-behavior-change/)  
A practical introduction to thinking about behavior through antecedents, behavior, and consequences.

[Why your dog only listens when you have food](https://www.traincanine.com/why-your-dog-only-listens-when-you-have-food/)  
A better way to think about treats, motivation, cues, and fading visible food.

This is the bridge between everyday dog problems and serious training knowledge.

## I want to become a dog trainer

Start here if you are curious about professional dog training, certification, education options, or [what dog trainers actually need to learn](https://www.traincanine.com/become-a-pro-dog-trainer-course/).

**Useful starting points:**

[Becoming a dog trainer](https://www.traincanine.com/becoming-dog-trainer/)  
A practical overview of what the work involves and how to start learning.

[What certification do I need to be a professional dog trainer?](https://www.traincanine.com/what-certification-do-i-need-to-be-a-professional-dog-trainer/)  
A clearer look at certification, education, and skill-building.

[Become a confident in-home dog trainer: Free guide on how I conduct in-home training sessionsUnleash your potential as a professional dog trainer with our guide, “Secrets to Successful In-Home Training Sessions.” Master the art of first impressions, streamline your sessions, and boost your confidence. Your journey to becoming the sought-after trainer starts here.![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/8e/39/8e39a9e9-cb69-43e0-9ad9-7b83467424a6/content/images/icon/slack-team-icon-copy-d97019e2-6626-437d-94c2-b8e442238936.png)Train CanineSarah Filipiak![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/8e/39/8e39a9e9-cb69-43e0-9ad9-7b83467424a6/content/images/thumbnail/photo-1655410181638-1c22d1d5f97f-4856b142-143b-4cdf-adbb-95acf60f9961)](https://www.traincanine.com/professional-dog-trainer-in-home-success-guide/)

Dog training involves lots of hands-on work with all kinds and ages of dogs, coaching people, building useable training plans, reading dog behavior clearly, and knowing when a case needs a different kind of support.

## I’m already training dogs or working with clients

Start here if you are a professional trainer, behavior consultant, shelter/rescue worker, or serious training student who needs stronger structure for real-life cases.

**Useful starting points:**

[Why dog training clients don’t follow through](https://www.traincanine.com/simple-tricks-to-help-dog-training-clients-succeed/)  
Learn how to make client homework clearer, smaller, and more realistic.

[When training isn’t enough](https://www.traincanine.com/when-training-isnt-enough-the-skill-gap-most-dog-professionals-eventually-face/)  
A guide for trainers who are running into more complex behavior cases.

[What is a dog behavior consultant?](https://www.traincanine.com/what-is-a-dog-behavior-consultant/)  
Understand how behavior consulting differs from basic dog training.

[Dog Training 201](https://www.traincanine.com/dog-training-201-course/)  
For trainers who know the basics but want better plans, better follow-through, and better client results.

## I want better training plans and clearer follow-through

This is at the center of Train Canine’s work: helping people move from scattered advice to clearer plans.

A good training plan answers practical questions:

- What is the dog doing now?
- What do we want the dog to do instead?
- What needs to change in the environment?
- What does the person need to practice?
- How will we know the plan is working?
- What should we adjust if progress stalls?

Whether you are raising your own puppy, studying dog training seriously, coaching clients, or moving toward behavior consulting, clearer plans make the work easier to understand and easier to follow.

## Join Train Canine for free resources

If you want a more organized way to keep learning, join Train Canine for free. Free members get access to selected checklists, resources, and updates designed for puppy families, serious dog-training learners, aspiring trainers, and professionals who want clearer training plans and better behavior outcomes.

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Dog Training 101: What Every Trainer Needs to Know
URL: https://www.traincanine.com/become-a-pro-dog-trainer-course/
Last updated: 2026-09-10T15:35:57.000Z
## Build a thoughtful foundation for professional dog training

[Dog Training 101](https://www.pathlms.com/apdt/courses/303850?ref=traincanine.com) is an entry-level certificate course for people who want to understand the profession before they begin working with clients. It gives newer trainers a clear path through the knowledge and professional responsibilities that shape good work.

The course is taught by Sarah Filipiak CDBC through APDT International. Across five weeks, students work through recorded lectures and weekly assignments, then discuss the material with classmates and the instructor.

---

## Registration for the October 2026 course

The next five-week course runs October 19 through November 22, 2026\. APDT International manages enrollment, pricing, and course access.

[View course details and register through APDT](https://www.pathlms.com/apdt/courses/303850?ref=traincanine.com)

---

## Who Dog Training 101 is for

The course welcomes beginners and requires no prior dog-training education. It serves:

- People considering dog training as a career
- Serious dog people exploring where professional study could lead
- New trainers building their educational foundation
- Working trainers who want a clearer understanding of professional qualifications, credentials, and scope

## What the course covers

Dog Training 101 focuses on the knowledge a trainer needs before offering services. Students explore:

- How the history of dog training continues to shape current methods
- Dog behavior and body language
- How to assess training approaches and choose them for the case in front of you
- Professional education, membership organizations, and credentialing paths
- How to recognize your current abilities, limits, and areas for continued study
- How human behavior and communication affect training outcomes

By the end of the course, students develop a concrete plan for continuing their education and moving toward work as a dog trainer.

## What this course is designed to do

This foundation course helps you understand the field, evaluate your options, and make informed choices about your next stage of education. Skill development continues through supervised, hands-on training and focused study.

## About the instructor

Sarah Filipiak is a Certified Dog Behavior Consultant, educator, and founder of Train Canine. She has more than two decades of behavior consulting experience and more than a decade teaching and mentoring trainers. Her work helps people understand why behavior happens and choose interventions that fit the case while communicating clearly with clients.

Sarah has taught for APDT International and leads mentorship programs through the IAABC Foundation. She has served in several IAABC leadership roles, including president and executive director. She holds bachelor’s degrees in psychology and journalism.
### Basic Manners Course: Start here
URL: https://www.traincanine.com/basic-manners-curriculum/
Last updated: 2024-05-17T22:48:18.000Z
#### Table of contents

1. [Welcome - What you'll need + Frequently Asked Questions](https://www.traincanine.com/basic-manners-curriculum/)
2. [Lesson One - Settle](https://www.traincanine.com/basic-manners-lesson-one-settle)
3. [Lesson Two - Stay](https://www.traincanine.com/basic-manners-lesson-two-stay)
4. [Lesson Three - Pay attention](https://www.traincanine.com/basic-manners-lesson-three/)
5. [Lesson Four - By me](https://www.traincanine.com/basic-manners-lesson-four-by-me)
6. [Take your training on the road + BONUS skill: Walk on leash](https://www.traincanine.com/basic-manners-taking-your-training-on-the-road)

## Basic Manners

### A four-week training program

## Welcome

### This step-by-step curriculum is designed to improve dogs' overall behavior.

![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/8e/39/8e39a9e9-cb69-43e0-9ad9-7b83467424a6/content/images/2021/12/french-bulldog-277255_1920.jpg)

## The four basic lessons

These four lessons, practiced regularly, will give you more control over your dog, and they are fun to train! No pulling, yanking, yelling, pinching or nagging is required.

- Lesson One: Settle
- Lesson Two: Stay
- Lesson Three: Pay attention
- Lesson Four: By me

## What you’ll need

- A four-to-six foot cable with heavy-duty snaps on either end (see [How to make your own tether (PDF)](http://www.whole-dog-journal.com/newspics/pdfs/4-4-Tether.pdf?ref=traincanine.com), or [purchase one on Amazon](https://www.amazon.com/Chew-Proof-Training-Tether-Dogs-Puppies/dp/B00KZAADES?ref=traincanine.com)).
- A six-foot leash and harness or non-metal collar.
- A variety of treats your dog loves, such as hot dogs, chicken, cheese or liver treats. Check with your veterinarian if you’re not sure what kinds of food your dog can have.
- Your dog’s regular kibble.
- A food-dispensing toy (like a [Kong](https://www.jefferspet.com/products/xtreme-kong?ref=traincanine.com)) and fillings such as peanut butter, canned food, cream cheese; or chew treats such as bully sticks.

![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/8e/39/8e39a9e9-cb69-43e0-9ad9-7b83467424a6/content/images/2021/12/marcus-cramer-OsOQhAzcEKc-unsplash.jpg)

## Frequently asked questions

### Q: How long should each training session last?  

**A:** Training sessions of no more than 10 minutes and 2-5 minutes per exercise are best, with several sessions (or as many as you can manage) during the day.

More short sessions are better than a couple of long ones. Your dog should feel a little tired after each session — learning is stressful!

Your dog will learn best if you don't overwhelm him with all-new information each time; warm up before each session with older, easier tricks and cues before beginning to practice the newer, harder stuff.

_This page is for subscribers only._
### Basic Manners: Lesson One - Settle
URL: https://www.traincanine.com/basic-manners-lesson-one-settle/
Last updated: 2026-09-01T21:45:35.000Z
_This page is for subscribers only._
### Basic Manners: Lesson Two - Stay
URL: https://www.traincanine.com/basic-manners-lesson-two-stay/
Last updated: 2026-09-01T21:45:32.000Z
_This page is for subscribers only._
### Basic Manners: Lesson Three - Pay attention
URL: https://www.traincanine.com/basic-manners-lesson-three/
Last updated: 2026-09-01T21:45:29.000Z
_This page is for subscribers only._
### Basic Manners: Lesson Four - By me
URL: https://www.traincanine.com/basic-manners-lesson-four-by-me/
Last updated: 2024-05-17T22:48:49.000Z
_This page is for subscribers only._
### Basic Manners: Take your training on the road
URL: https://www.traincanine.com/basic-manners-taking-your-training-on-the-road/
Last updated: 2024-05-17T22:48:41.000Z
_This page is for subscribers only._
### Basic Manners
URL: https://www.traincanine.com/basic-manners-course/
Last updated: 2026-08-31T21:06:53.000Z
## **Stop jumping up, pulling on leash, running away and more.**

In [this training plan](https://www.traincanine.com/basic-manners-curriculum/), you’ll go step-by-step with a certified dog behavior consultant to improve your dog’s behavior. Whatever behavior problem your dog is experiencing, you can improve it by regularly practicing what you learn in this four-week training course.

## **The Four Basic Manners**

These [four lessons](https://www.traincanine.com/basic-manners-curriculum/), practiced regularly, will help you gain control over your dog, and they are fun to train! No pulling, yanking, yelling, pinching or nagging is required.

This class is ideal for dogs 15 weeks and older who haven’t yet received training or that need a solid foundation to build on so they can learn more complex and detailed commands.This four-week course takes you and your dog through basic obedience training, as well as skills needed for house manners and socialization. We’ll give you a primer on common training problems and how to solve them, too.

##  Just for dog trainers 

### [Subscribe or upgrade](https://www.traincanine.com/#/portal/signup) to get full access to this course 

### Table of contents

1. [Welcome - What you'll need + Frequently Asked Questions](https://www.traincanine.com/basic-manners-curriculum/)
2. [Lesson One - Settle](https://www.traincanine.com/basic-manners-lesson-one-settle)
3. [Lesson Two - Stay](https://www.traincanine.com/basic-manners-lesson-two-stay)
4. [Lesson Three - Pay attention](https://www.traincanine.com/basic-manners-lesson-three/)
5. [Lesson Four - By me](https://www.traincanine.com/basic-manners-lesson-four-by-me)
6. [Take your training on the road + BONUS skill: Walk on leash](https://www.traincanine.com/basic-manners-taking-your-training-on-the-road)

![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/8e/39/8e39a9e9-cb69-43e0-9ad9-7b83467424a6/content/images/2021/12/jabber-puppy.jpg)

If you run into any problems or roadblocks while training, you can review the lessons whenever you want. A major benefit to this course is that you can spend extra time on any exercise that’s giving your dog trouble — there’s no time limit on getting it right.

[Basic Manners Course: Start hereThis step-by-step curriculum is designed to help improve your dog’s behavior.![](https://www.traincanine.com/favicon.png)Train CanineSarah Filipiak![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/8e/39/8e39a9e9-cb69-43e0-9ad9-7b83467424a6/content/images/2021/12/gabe-pierce-5TPx9X_obko-unsplash.jpg)](https://www.traincanine.com/basic-manners-curriculum/)

[Join today](https://www.traincanine.com/#/portal/signup) to access the Basic Manners course.
### Wait at Door: Start here
URL: https://www.traincanine.com/wait-at-door-getting-started/
Last updated: 2022-12-20T16:18:59.000Z
How do we teach our furred friends to wait for permission to go out the door? How do we prevent others from leaving doors open, or pausing at the door while waving good-bye, or letting the screen door fly open when it’s windy?

_This page is for subscribers only._
### Wait at Door: Lesson One
URL: https://www.traincanine.com/wait-at-door-lesson-one/
Last updated: 2026-09-01T21:45:40.000Z
_This page is for subscribers only._
### Wait at Door: Before you begin
URL: https://www.traincanine.com/wait-at-door-before-you-begin/
Last updated: 2022-12-20T16:18:50.000Z
_This page is for subscribers only._
### Wait at Door: Lesson Two
URL: https://www.traincanine.com/wait-at-door-lesson-two/
Last updated: 2026-09-01T21:45:43.000Z
_This page is for subscribers only._
### Wait at Door: Lesson Three
URL: https://www.traincanine.com/wait-at-door-lesson-three/
Last updated: 2026-09-01T21:45:46.000Z
_This page is for subscribers only._
### Wait at Door: Video demonstration
URL: https://www.traincanine.com/wait-at-door-video-demonstration/
Last updated: 2026-09-01T21:45:48.000Z
_This page is for subscribers only._
### Wait at Door: Lesson Four
URL: https://www.traincanine.com/wait-at-door-lesson-four/
Last updated: 2026-09-01T21:45:50.000Z
_This page is for subscribers only._
### Wait at Door: Wrapping up
URL: https://www.traincanine.com/wait-at-door-wrapping-up/
Last updated: 2022-12-20T16:18:43.000Z
_This page is for subscribers only._
### Get in touch
URL: https://www.traincanine.com/contact/
Last updated: 2026-05-15T11:52:24.000Z
Fill out the form below if you have a question for us.

Your Name 

Your Email 

Message 

Send 

If you haven’t already, sign up for my free newsletter filled with practical training tips, expert advice, and updates to help you navigate life with your growing puppy.

[I'd like to subscribe to the free newsletter!](https://www.traincanine.com/#/portal/signup/free)
## Posts
### When professional trainers face a behavioral puzzle: What to do
URL: https://www.traincanine.com/dog-behavior-history-doesnt-add-up/
Last updated: 2026-09-10T12:29:51.000Z
Behavior cases rarely start as a straightforward series of events. We have to rely on the information we collect on our intake form and the client's memory. Sometimes there's a video. The first version of the story can seem simple enough, but then we ask a few questions and the case starts to feel more complex.

Sometimes a trigger that sounded predictable turns out to have several exceptions. Maybe the timeline of an event changes, or we're several weeks into a case, then suddenly we're hearing about a bite or near miss for the first time. We may already have an explanation for the dog's behavior forming in our minds as soon as we read the client's request for help.

Encountering inconsistencies in the information we collect is part of working on a behavior case. They show us where our current story needs to be filled in, and where we need to slow down. We need to separate what was reported from what we observed, and then put together the order of events. Once we mark what we still don't know, we can make a better safety decision and plan the first session within our scope.

![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/8e/39/8e39a9e9-cb69-43e0-9ad9-7b83467424a6/content/images/2026/09/AdobeStock_474793956.jpeg)

## Otis and the visitor

Let's take a look at a case where a household visitor makes things more complicated, fast:

The intake form from Ben and his husband, Luis, said that Otis growls when male visitors enter the home. During the first consultation, Ben and Luis start filling in the details.

Otis recently started medication for itching and allergies. Luis reports that Otis has seemed sleepier since starting it and has been scratching less. Otis has no known history of aggression toward strangers outside the home, although he tends to be worried about unfamiliar people, especially men and children.

Last weekend, Otis greeted one familiar adult male visitor without incident. Later that day, another adult male visitor entered the home. Otis initially remained quiet and stayed several feet away. About 15 minutes later, the visitor walked toward the couch where Otis was resting. Otis stiffened, turned his head toward the visitor, and growled. Ben called Otis away, and Otis followed him into the kitchen.

During the consultation, Luis also mentions that two weeks earlier Otis snapped toward a visitor's outstretched hand when the visitor attempted to pet him. This incident was not included on the intake form because Luis "didn't think it counted since Otis didn't bite." When asked what happened immediately before the snap, Luis says the visitor had followed Otis into the living room after Otis moved away from him.

Ben says Otis is usually allowed to choose whether he interacts with guests, but that they sometimes encourage visitors to "let him sniff your hand so he knows you're friendly." Ben and Luis would like Otis to become comfortable greeting everyone who visits.

So much for a simple case!

Many of us have been in this spot. We may feel pressure to make the whole story fit while the client is still telling it. Was Otis guarding the couch? Did the medication play a part? Does he respond differently to familiar people?

All we can say for sure is that we don't know yet. What we do know is that “Otis growls at visitors” is too broad to guide a behavior change plan.

![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/8e/39/8e39a9e9-cb69-43e0-9ad9-7b83467424a6/content/images/2026/09/gulfer-ergin-LUGuCtvlk1Q-unsplash-copy.jpg)

## Why the story can change as we get into a case

An intake form gives us the client's best account at one point in time. People summarize. They remember the events that scared them and lose track of smaller details, timing, or frequency. Two people in the same home may have seen very different things.

They may also use the same word in different ways. “Aggressive” could mean barking at the door, going still near the couch, growling during handling, or biting. “Fine” may mean the dog didn't bark, even though the dog moved away and stayed behind a chair.

Sometimes a detail returns because we asked a more specific question. “Has Otis ever bitten?” may get a quick no. But having the clients walk us through the last difficult visit may bring up teeth touching skin or a sleeve. Ben and Luis may reserve the word “bite” for broken skin, so the snap didn't come to mind when Ben completed the form.

The circumstances around the dog may have changed too. Distance, location, movement, pain, fatigue, people in the room, and what happened a few seconds earlier can all affect behavior. Management changes the picture as well. A gate, leash, closed door, or outdoor greeting can change what happens and what the client sees.

When the story shifts, that's OK—it's our sign to get curious, rather than defensive or frustrated. This is our chance to collect more and better information.

## What was reported, and what did we see?

With Otis, we first need to identify what information to gather before designing a behavior change plan, what immediate antecedent arrangements to recommend, and two or three possible things in the environment influencing the behavior.

We can start by recording the client’s language.

If Ben says Otis was “protective,” we keep that description connected to Ben. Then we ask what Otis actually did. Did he move between Ben and the visitor? Bark from across the room? Become still when the visitor leaned forward? Move away after the visitor stepped back?

Those details give us behavior we can picture and help prevent our first interpretation from quietly becoming part of the record.

Next, we identify the source of the information: Did we observe the event? Did the client describe it afterward? Is there video? We want to weigh the information depending on whether we saw it ourselves, heard it reported, or viewed part of the event on video.

What we see has limits too. If Otis stays quiet during an in-person consultation, we know how he behaved in that session and under that particular setup. That does not erase what Ben and Luis observed at home. A video may capture Otis’s body language while missing what he does during the knock at the door.

![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/8e/39/8e39a9e9-cb69-43e0-9ad9-7b83467424a6/content/images/2026/09/1-2-3illustration.png)

## What happened, in order?

Walking through one or two incidents from start to finish often tells us more than a general history.

Where was Otis before the visitor arrived? What was he doing? Who moved toward whom? What was the first change in his body? What happened after the growl or snap? How did the interaction end? How long did he take to settle afterward?

Then we place the event in the larger timeline. When did the behavior begin? Has the frequency or intensity changed? What was happening with Otis's health, medication, sleep, routine, and management around that time?

Dates may be rough. We can mark them as estimates. A rough date is still more honest than a precise one the client never gave us.

Sequence can change how we understand the case. “Otis growled when a visitor entered” suggests one set of circumstances. “Otis was resting near the couch and growled when the visitor approached him” suggests another. The second version gives us more useful information about what happened immediately before the growl and leads to better questions about the conditions surrounding the behavior.

## What does the client have to say?

If Otis greeted one visitor comfortably, we want to know what was different about that greeting. Was that person familiar? Did they meet outside? Did the visitor give Otis more space? Was Otis behind a gate during the other visits? Had anyone touched him or moved toward his resting place?

We may find that management created the problem. Ben and Luis might say Otis has been doing better, then explain that they started meeting visitors outdoors. If the setup changes, we'll take note. We want to turn “every visitor” into a smaller set of events with specific conditions. From there, we can more easily determine antecedents and consequences.

## What could change what we do?

Sometimes new information can change the safety plan, the first-session setup, or a referral decision.

Otis' snap toward the visitor's hand needs more attention. Did Otis make contact with clothing or skin? Was anyone injured? What happened right before it? What management is in place now?

The medication belongs in the record too. When did Otis start taking it? Why was it prescribed? Did any behavior change around the same time? Has the prescribing veterinarian heard about the recent incidents? The medication alone can't explain Otis's behavior, but its timing may lead to a conversation with the veterinarian.

We also need to know whether vulnerable people or animals are involved and which setups have prevented close contact. The answers may tell us that we need veterinary input, a qualified behavior professional, or another form of collaboration before we go further.

For an in-person session, we might begin with Otis securely separated while we talk through the history and current management. We can wait to observe a visitor interaction until we have enough information to choose an appropriate setup. When possible, we always want to gather information without provoking a reaction.

![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/8e/39/8e39a9e9-cb69-43e0-9ad9-7b83467424a6/content/images/2026/09/chitchat-bubble.png)

## Keep your explanation tentative

At this point, “Otis is protective” is a label. Instead of investigating what in the environment is influencing Otis' behavior, Ben naturally comes up with a label, *protective*, that doesn't give us much information about how we might change things.  
  
A more objective description we could use might be:

> Otis has growled or snapped during some visitor interactions and remained comfortable during others. Differences in familiarity, movement, location, and management need more review. The snap and recent medication change need clarification before direct visitor interaction is planned.

That gives us a place to go. New information may help narrow down the explanation, or show us that behaviors we might have been tempted to group under one label need to be considered separately.

Our recommendations should reflect what we know so far. We can choose a more safety-focused setup for the first session, seek veterinary or other professional advice, and continue gathering information. Management is the best tool to reach for while we gather more information.

![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/8e/39/8e39a9e9-cb69-43e0-9ad9-7b83467424a6/content/images/2026/09/Frenchie-AdobeStock_499927125.jpg)

## When professional judgment tells us to gather our puzzle piece one at a time

Animal behavior consulting asks us to make decisions for safety and training purposes while information is still coming in. Part of good professional judgment is knowing when to delay a conclusion and revise an explanation.

We may never get a complete history from the client in one go. But we can still keep good records of what was reported, what we observed, what we're considering, and what remains unknown. From there, we can decide what parts of a case need attention before we explain the behavior or recommend a plan.

A case is easier to assess when all of our information has somewhere to go. The [**Behavior Consultation Prep Packet for Dog Trainers**](https://store.traincanine.com/b/9uIjZ?ref=traincanine.com) gives us a structure for sorting it before, during, and after the first consultation.

## Prepare for the consultation with a clearer case record

The [**Behavior Consultation Prep Packet for Dog Trainers**](https://store.traincanine.com/b/9uIjZ?ref=traincanine.com) is a 23-page case-prep and first-consultation workbook. It includes space for reported and observable behavior details, context, health and wellness questions, safety history, first-session planning, a tentative explanation, post-session learning, and referral or collaboration prompts.

The packet also includes a case roadmap and worked Milo example. It supports our judgment while we decide what to ask, observe, document, or do next.

It is available as a **$19 digital download** at the Train Canine Store.

[Get the Behavior Consultation Prep Packet](https://store.traincanine.com/b/9uIjZ?ref=traincanine.com)
### What should you do next as a new dog trainer? A practical career roadmap
URL: https://www.traincanine.com/what-should-you-do-next-new-dog-trainer/
Last updated: 2026-09-10T15:59:26.000Z
Early in your dog-training career, it can be hard to know where to focus. You may be starting from a course, years of work with your own dogs, time spent volunteering, or a new interest you are trying to turn into professional work. Whatever brought you here, you may still be deciding how to build on it.

You may be looking at volunteer opportunities, mentorships, certificates, certifications, workshops, behavior courses, business programs, organizations, and job listings. You may also be wondering whether you should start taking clients now or wait until you feel more certain.

Early-career trainers bring different backgrounds, goals, and levels of experience to this work. What would help you feel more capable in the kind of work you want to do next?

That might be hands-on practice. It might be a deeper foundation in learning theory or behavior. It might be guidance on real cases, or the systems you need to begin offering basic training professionally. Choose the direction that fits the work you want to grow into.

![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/8e/39/8e39a9e9-cb69-43e0-9ad9-7b83467424a6/content/images/2026/08/sm_dogwalking.jpg)

## If you need more hands-on experience

Many new trainers understand the concepts before they have had enough practice applying them with a range of dogs and people. Training your own dog can teach you a lot. Work with unfamiliar dogs, different household dynamics, varied learner histories, and clients who need help carrying out a plan adds other forms of experience.

Look for ways to practice where someone experienced can see what you are doing and offer you feedback. Depending on what is available where you live, that could mean assisting an established trainer, observing classes, volunteering in a structured shelter or rescue program, or pursuing an internship or mentorship.

When you are considering an opportunity, ask: **Where can I work on training and behavior while someone more experienced can see what I am doing?**

## If you need a deeper foundation

Continuing education is part of becoming a dog trainer. Choose learning opportunities based on the skills you need to understand or practice better. [Dog Training 101, an introductory certificate course](https://www.traincanine.com/become-a-pro-dog-trainer-course/), a more focused course, a workshop, a seminar, and independent reading can all be helpful. Choose programs that build knowledge and skill for the work you hope to do.

You might want more depth in learning theory, behavior, training mechanics, observation, client coaching, or behavior-change planning. You may discover that an area you expected to enjoy holds less interest than another subject that keeps pulling you back. Both can guide your choices.

Stay proactive about learning. Follow the areas of practice that interest you with real curiosity, and choose education that supports the work you want to develop.

Ask yourself: **What do I need to understand or practice better before I expand the work I do?**

![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/8e/39/8e39a9e9-cb69-43e0-9ad9-7b83467424a6/content/images/2026/08/certification-path-collage-1.png)

## If you are interested in certification

The language around professional credentials can be confusing, so it helps to separate a few terms.

A **certificate** usually shows that you completed a particular program. Certification generally involves an outside assessment against that organization’s standards. Membership signals affiliation with an organization.

**Credentials** offer partial information about a trainer’s background. Their role depends on your goals and the kind of work you want to do.

Before pursuing a **certification**, read the eligibility requirements carefully. Consider the required experience, assessment process, continuing-education expectations, and the fit between that credential and the work you plan to offer. Some people benefit from making certification a near-term goal. Others need more hands-on experience or targeted education first.

Ask: **What would this credential demonstrate, and am I ready for it?**

## If you want to work with behavior cases

Behavior work calls for additional depth, especially when a dog’s behavior could put the dog, other animals, or people at risk. It also calls for practice making good decisions in situations that are rarely simple.

If this is where your interests are leading you, seek out education that goes beyond basic training skills. Mentorship, case review, observation, and opportunities to learn from trainers and other professionals can help you develop your assessment and planning skills over time.

It is also important to build the habit of recognizing your limits. Clients may have trouble distinguishing between concerns that require more experience and concerns that fall within a newer trainer’s scope. In some communities, you may be the only trainer nearby, or the only trainer someone can find whose approach feels right to them. That can make it tempting to feel responsible for solving every problem that comes through the door.

Build relationships with people you can consult as your work develops. Asking for help with a case, seeking consultation, or referring a client when appropriate are part of responsible practice. Some cases will stretch your current skills. Continued education and experience with cases can help you respond thoughtfully.

Ask: **Who can help me develop judgment on real cases before I work independently at that level?**

## If you are ready to begin basic training work

You may be ready to offer some beginner-level services before you feel ready for every kind of client. A deliberately narrow scope can give you room to gain experience with services that match your current expertise.

Think through the practical parts of the work: what services you can competently offer today, how you will screen inquiries, how you will communicate with clients, what records you need to keep, and where you will turn when a client needs something beyond your current scope. Clear policies and referral relationships also support better decisions for clients and dogs.

This is also a good time to be honest with yourself about the work you want to practice. A clear, modest starting point gives you a foundation for gaining experience and expanding your skills over time.

Ask: **What can I competently offer today, and what system will help me recognize when a client needs something else?**

## If you know how to train dogs but need the business side

Running a dog-training business requires a different set of skills from training dogs. Pricing, service structure, scheduling, intake, bookkeeping, client policies, marketing, and referral networks all affect whether you can do the work sustainably.

Begin with the part of the business side that is currently getting in the way of good work. If your intake process is vague, improving it may help you screen and prepare clients more effectively. If scheduling is a mess, a clearer system may give you more time and attention for the dogs and people you serve.

Ask: **Which business skill is making it hardest for me to do good professional work right now?**

## Build your career one stage at a time

If you're new to training dogs professionally, don't succumb to feeling overwhelmed! Focus on the stretch of learning in front of you.

Start with these questions:

- Where am I now?
- What kind of work do I eventually want to do?
- What experience or knowledge separates those two points?
- What is one step I could begin in the next few months?

## Before you say yes to a new client

Subscribe to Train Canine to access *Before You Say Yes*, a PDF worksheet for early-career trainers. Join for free to access the download.

![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/8e/39/8e39a9e9-cb69-43e0-9ad9-7b83467424a6/content/images/2026/08/Before-You-Say-Yes-Cover.png)

**Already on the Train Canine email list or took one of my courses?** Use your email address to sign in. No password needed.  
  
Sign up or sign in to download the PDF.

_This post is for subscribers only._
### How to prepare for a dog behavior consultation: A workbook for dog trainers
URL: https://www.traincanine.com/how-to-prepare-for-a-dog-behavior-consultation-a-workbook-for-dog-trainers/
Last updated: 2026-08-15T19:49:56.000Z
There is a point in many dog training careers when the cases start to feel different.

A client reaches out because their dog is barking and lunging on walks, growling at visitors, snapping during handling, panicking when left alone, or suddenly acting in a way the family does not understand. They want help, and they may already be worried, embarrassed, frustrated, or scared.

If you are the trainer, it can be tempting to look for the training answer right away: What should we teach? What should the client do? What exercise fits this problem?

However, behavior cases usually need a different first question. Before you decide what to teach, you need to understand what is happening.

What started the behavior? What keeps it going? What has the client already tried? What does the dog do before and after the behavior? What is the risk level? Is there a health, pain, medication, safety, or scope question that needs attention before training moves forward?

That is the tricky part of preparing for a dog behavior consultation. You are not just collecting a few intake details. You are trying to hold enough information to make careful decisions without pretending you know more than you do.

This is where a structure helps.

I created the [**Behavior Consultation Prep Packet for Dog Trainers**](https://store.traincanine.com/b/9uIjZ?ref=traincanine.com)for trainers who are beginning to take behavior cases and want a clearer way to prepare before the first consultation.

It is a 23-page workbook for organizing behavior case information before, during, and after that first meeting. It is not a diagnostic tool, a behavior modification plan template, or a complete behavior consulting course.

It does not give step-by-step instructions for solving each behavior problem, but instead helps you understand the case as you decide what to do next. Choosing the right training or behavior-change strategy is its own skill set, and this workbook is meant to support the step that comes first: gathering the details, noticing the patterns, and preparing to think clearly.

If you are starting to notice that some cases require more than your usual training plan, you may also want to read [When training isn't enough: The skill gap most dog professionals eventually face](https://www.traincanine.com/when-training-isnt-enough-the-skill-gap-most-dog-professionals-eventually-face/).

It is a practical case-prep workbook for trainers who want to slow down, sort the information, notice safety and scope questions, and think more clearly before building a plan.

[![Behavior Consultation Prep Packet for dog trainers shown with a clipboard and sample workbook pages for case preparation and first-session planning.](https://storage.ghost.io/c/8e/39/8e39a9e9-cb69-43e0-9ad9-7b83467424a6/content/images/2026/07/Behavior-Consultant-Packet-Cover-1.png)](https://store.traincanine.com/b/9uIjZ?ref=traincanine.com)

## Who This Workbook Is For

This workbook is for dog trainers who are beginning to take behavior cases or who want a more organized process for first consultations.

It may be a fit if you are working with, or preparing to work with, cases involving:

- Reactivity
- Fearful behavior
- Aggression concerns
- Bite history
- Multi-dog household issues
- Handling sensitivity
- Separation-related concerns
- New behavior changes
- Client goals that need sorting or reframing
- Cases where veterinary, behavior, or safety support may need to be discussed

It is especially useful if you already have training skills but want a clearer way to slow down, sort the information, and prepare for the first session with more professional judgment.

## What Should Dog Trainers Review Before a Behavior Consultation?

Before a dog behavior consultation, a trainer should review more than the client's main complaint.

A useful case-prep process should include:

- The primary behavior concern
- When the behavior started
- What happens before, during, and after the behavior
- Frequency, intensity, duration, and recovery time
- Known triggers and contexts
- Current management
- Household routines and environment
- Health, pain, medication, or wellness questions to ask about
- Safety history
- Bite history or near-miss incidents
- Previous training or professional support
- Client goals and expectations
- Scope, referral, and collaboration considerations

This workbook will help you to arrive at the first consultation with a clearer map of where you, the client and the dog are headed.

## Why First-Consultation Prep Matters

Behavior cases can become complicated fast.

A dog described as "stubborn" may be frightened. A dog described as "protective" may be struggling with proximity, pressure, pain, or learned rehearsal. A client who wants obedience may actually need management, safety planning, veterinary input, or a more realistic timeline.

Good preparation helps you separate:

- What the client reported
- What has actually been observed
- What still needs to be clarified or reconciled
- What might be safety concerns
- What might require referral or collaboration
- What can reasonably be addressed in the first session

The first consultation is where you begin deciding how carefully the case needs to be handled.

[![Preview of six pages from the 23-page dog behavior consultation workbook, including safety planning, case notes, behavior tracking, session planning, and tentative explanation worksheets.](https://storage.ghost.io/c/8e/39/8e39a9e9-cb69-43e0-9ad9-7b83467424a6/content/images/2026/07/Behavior-Consultation-Prep-Packet-Inside-Preview-1.png)](https://store.traincanine.com/b/9uIjZ?ref=traincanine.com)

## What's Inside the Behavior Consultation Prep Packet

The [**Behavior Consultation Prep Packet for Dog Trainers**](https://store.traincanine.com/b/9uIjZ?ref=traincanine.com) includes 23 pages of case-prep worksheets, prompts, and planning pages.

Inside the workbook, you will find:

- A case roadmap
- A worked example using a fictional case
- Client inquiry and case snapshot prompts
- Behavior pattern recording pages
- Health and wellness review prompts
- Safety history questions
- Scope and support considerations
- First-session planning pages
- Post-session learning prompts
- Tentative explanation and goal-setting pages
- Progress and review prompts
- Referral and collaboration notes

The workbook is built to help you organize information before, during, and after the first behavior consultation.

## What This Workbook Helps You Do

Use the packet to prepare for a consultation with more structure.

It can help you:

- Slow down before jumping to exercises
- Gather relevant case information
- Describe behavior in observable terms
- Notice patterns across context, triggers, intensity, and recovery
- Identify safety and scope questions
- Prepare client education points
- Clarify what should not be attempted yet
- Plan the first session more intentionally
- Keep better notes after the consultation
- Think through when referral or collaboration may be appropriate

For a trainer taking paid behavior cases, a structured prep process is not extra paperwork. It is part of the professional service.

## What This Workbook Is And Is Not

This workbook does not recommend specific interventions, replace experience, veterinary care, legal advice, qualified professional support, or your own professional judgment.

This is a practical preparation tool for trainers who want to organize case information before building or recommending next steps.

## How to Use It

You can use the workbook in a few ways:

- Before a first consultation, to review the client inquiry and identify what needs clarification
- During a consultation, to keep case information organized
- After a consultation, to summarize what you learned and plan next steps
- As a thinking tool when deciding whether a case is within your current scope
- As a professional-development resource if you are moving from basic training into behavior work

[![Behavior Consultation Prep Packet for organizing case information, identifying safety concerns, planning the first consultation, and recording observations afterward.](https://storage.ghost.io/c/8e/39/8e39a9e9-cb69-43e0-9ad9-7b83467424a6/content/images/2026/07/Behavior-Consulting-Packet-Description-1.png)](https://store.traincanine.com/b/9uIjZ?ref=traincanine.com)

## Get the Workbook

The [**Behavior Consultation Prep Packet for Dog Trainers**](https://store.traincanine.com/b/9uIjZ?ref=traincanine.com) is available as a digital download for $19.

If you are beginning to take behavior cases, or if you want a clearer structure for your first consultations, this workbook gives you a practical place to start.

[Get the Behavior Consultation Prep Packet](https://store.traincanine.com/b/9uIjZ?ref=traincanine.com)

## Frequently Asked Questions

### Is this workbook a dog behavior intake form?

It is more than a basic intake form. The workbook includes intake-style prompts, but it also helps trainers think through behavior patterns, safety history, health and wellness questions, scope considerations, first-session planning, and post-session notes.

### Is this workbook for new dog trainers?

It is best for trainers who already have some training foundation and are beginning to take behavior cases, or trainers who want a more structured preparation process for behavior consultations.

### Can this be used for aggression or reactivity cases?

The workbook can help you organize information related to aggression, reactivity, fear, and other behavior concerns. It does not tell you how to treat those cases or decide whether they are within your scope. Use professional judgment and appropriate referral or collaboration when needed.

### Does this include a behavior modification plan?

No. The packet is for preparation and case organization. It helps you understand the case before building or recommending a plan.

### Can I use this with my dog training clients?

Yes. The workbook is designed for dog trainers preparing for behavior consultations. Use it as a professional case-prep and planning tool in your own workflow.

### Is this a substitute for a course or mentorship?

No. It is a workbook, not a course, certification, mentorship, or supervision program.
### Dog training versus dog behavior consulting: How can we tell the difference?
URL: https://www.traincanine.com/dog-training-versus-dog-behavior-consulting-tell-the-difference/
Last updated: 2026-08-29T19:05:31.000Z
Have you ever wondered whether you're facing a dog training problem or a behavior consulting case?

This could feel like an easy distinction, maybe sorted by levels of difficulty or by how complex the case is: A dog who has never learned to sit seems like a training problem. A dog who growls when someone reaches toward the couch seems like a behavior case. A puppy grabbing sleeves while the kid plays with him feels different from a dog who is lunging and barking at strangers outside the vet clinic in the parking lot.

And it's true that categories of cases are different. We wouldn't try to transpose the same work we do for a puppy house training case onto a dog-dog aggression case. These two cases do not need the same plan, the same level of assessment, or the same kind of support. But all of our cases, whether we call them "dog training" or "behavior consulting," all have one thing in common—they all involve changing behavior.

Sitting? Behavior. Barking? Behavior. Growling? Behavior. Coming when called is also behavior. Taking food softly is behavior. Running away from the harness is behavior.

But this is where it can get confusing. “Dog training” and “dog behavior consulting” are not opposing skills. Training is almost always part of our behavior change plan, no matter how involved the case is. Sometimes we are teaching a new skill, or we are changing the setup or what happens after the behavior, or helping the dog feel safe enough to learn something different. Each of these actions may involve bringing new skills on board via positive reinforcement training.

The professional distinction between "dog training" and "dog behavior consulting" comes up because the cases in question may require different depths of assessment and planning. A basic skills case may mostly need clear teaching, good reinforcement, practice, and coaching. A behavior consulting case may require more careful attention to emotion, safety, history, environment, triggers, household patterns, and whether the plan is realistic for the people living with the dog.

So the question to ask is not, “Is this training or behavior consulting?” as if those are two separate worlds.

The better question is whether a case can be handled with ordinary training instruction, or whether it needs behavior consulting: a functional assessment, a more individualized plan, and closer attention to why the behavior is happening and what would need to change for the dog and people to have success.

If you aren't sure whether the case you're looking at "training" or "behavior consulting," ask yourself these questions:

- Can the dog and client find success with a few new or refined skills, such as a recall, stay on mat, or basic obedience? (training)
- Does the case involve changing the way the dog feels about something in the environment? (behavior consulting)
- Does the dog's behavior put its own or the safety of others at risk? (behavior consulting)

So don’t worry too much about finding the perfect label. Instead, look at what the case is asking of you.

Does this dog need help learning a skill (dog training), or does this situation need a far-reaching behavior change plan (behavior consulting)? Answering these questions helps you choose the right level of assessment, support, and care for the dogs and for the people living with them.

## Is behavior consulting part of your professional path?

If this distinction connects to the work you want to do, Expanding Your Career to Dog Behavior Consulting offers a structured introduction to the field. The six-week APDT International certificate course runs from September 21 through October 26, 2026.

[Register through APDT International](https://www.pathlms.com/apdt/courses/300628?ref=traincanine.com)
### Expanding Your Career to Dog Behavior Consulting: September 2026
URL: https://www.traincanine.com/expanding-career-dog-behavior-consulting/
Last updated: 2026-08-29T19:02:43.000Z
A six-week APDT International certificate course for trainers and serious learners who want to understand dog behavior consulting as a professional path.

---

Registration is open for the September 2026 cohort.

Expanding Your Career to Dog Behavior Consulting begins Monday, September 21 and ends Monday, October 26\. Course content opens at 1 p.m. Eastern on September 21.

[Register through APDT International](https://www.pathlms.com/apdt/courses/300628?ref=traincanine.com)

---

Dog behavior consulting asks a different set of questions than basic skills training. It asks what is maintaining the behavior, what the dog and household need, what the client can carry out, and which plan gives everyone the best chance of progress.

In this six-week hybrid online course, Sarah Filipiak, CDBC, introduces the foundations of dog behavior consulting. The course covers how behavior consulting differs from dog training, how consultants assess behavior concerns, and how thoughtful intervention plans take shape.

## Course dates

The course begins Monday, September 21, 2026 and ends Monday, October 26, 2026\. Course content is released at 1 p.m. Eastern on September 21.

This hybrid online course includes on-demand materials, readings, assignments, discussion-board work, and three live Zoom calls. Live calls take place at 7 p.m. Eastern on September 28, October 12, and October 26\. Calls will be recorded and posted inside the course.

## What the course covers

You will work through the major pieces of dog behavior consulting as a career path. Topics include the difference between dog training and behavior consulting, the fundamentals of consulting, assessment and problem-solving, intervention planning, common behavior concerns, and practice development.

The course includes weekly content, discussion-board participation, written assignments, and live opportunities to ask questions and connect with classmates.

## Who this course is for

This course is open to anyone. No prerequisites are required.

It is a good fit for professional dog trainers who want to expand into behavior consulting. Aspiring trainers and serious learners will gain a clearer view of assessment, planning, and client support.

## CEUs

This course has been approved for continuing education units through CCPDT, KPA, and IAABC.

CCPDT: 20  
KPA: 21  
IAABC: 15

## Certificate and digital badge

Students who complete the course receive a certificate and digital badge through APDT International. The badge can be shared on LinkedIn, resumes, email signatures, and professional profiles as a verified credential showing completion of the course.

## Pricing

**APDTI Member: $300** 
**Animal Care Partner: $325** 
**Learning Partner: $350** 
**Non-Member: $399**

## Register through APDT International

Registration and course access are handled through APDT International's learning platform. Registration is open for the September 21 through October 26, 2026 cohort.

[Register through APDT International](https://www.pathlms.com/apdt/courses/300628?ref=traincanine.com)
### Are you ready to move into dog behavior consulting?
URL: https://www.traincanine.com/ready-for-behavior-consulting/
Last updated: 2026-09-07T17:43:14.000Z
*Updated Sept. 5, 2026*

So many professional dog trainers end up in animal behavior consulting without even meaning to. We start out wanting to help people train their dogs: Puppy classes, manners and family dog classes, and all those complaints clients frequently ask us to help solve. Loose leash walking. Recall. Settle on a mat. We may offer private lessons for jumping, pulling, counter surfing, door manners, or the usual adolescent regression stuff.

All of that is important, and it gives us a necessary foundation. We learn how dogs respond to reinforcement. We learn how to break a skill into smaller steps and you learn how to watch body language, adjust criteria, and coach people who may be trying their best even though they feel frustrated or embarrassed.

But over time, a lot of us notice that some of our client's questions aren't going to be answered by offering them a basic training plan.

For example, let's say a dog is lunging and barking on walks, but only in certain locations and only after a few minutes outside. A dog is growling when people approach the couch, but not in other parts of the house. A dog is guarding food, stolen objects, or resting spaces. A dog panics when left alone. A client mentions the dog bit, but they are vague about the details. Another client says they have already tried training, and the problem is getting worse.

These cases may still involve training. Often they do! But they also ask for something more than a list of cues.

That is usually where the question begins: **Am I ready to start learning dog behavior consulting?** 

Being ready to study behavior consulting means you are ready to think more carefully about what you are seeing, and why, and to build plans around established behavior modification processes and procedures. (See [What is the ABA model of behavior change?](https://www.traincanine.com/what-is-the-aba-model-of-behavior-change/))

The question we ask goes from, “What should I teach this dog?” to “What pattern is showing up here, what in the environment might be maintaining it, what level of risk is present, and what can this client realistically do to help their animal?”

That is a different professional skill set.

## Your training background is important

Sometimes trainers assume that moving toward behavior consulting means leaving training behind. That is not really accurate.

Basic training chops, clean mechanics, the ability to split criteria and the ability to explain a plan to a client in a way they can actually follow are skills professional trainers can bring to the table when it comes to dog behavior consulting.

In behavior cases, those skills are often still part of the work. A dog may need a mat behavior, a hand target, muzzle training, leash skills, relaxation work, recall practice, or a safer routine around the house. The client may need coaching on how to move, where to stand, when to stop, and how to recognize when the dog is no longer able to learn.

What will change is that these skills are no longer the whole plan.

A trainer might see a dog barking at the front window and think about teaching an alternate behavior. [A behavior consultant also wants to understand the pattern](https://www.traincanine.com/what-is-a-dog-behavior-consultant/). When does the barking happen? What does the dog do afterward? What does the client do? Is the dog frightened, frustrated, highly rehearsed, or guarding the space? Is the current setup giving the dog hours of practice every day?

That information can inform the success of the plan in a way that simply adding training tasks may not.

The same is true for leash reactivity. Teaching the dog to look back at the handler can be useful. So can pattern games, distance work, reinforcement strategies, and better handling. But if the dog is starting every walk over threshold because the apartment hallway is full of triggers, the plan has to address that reality. If the client cannot avoid other dogs, cannot create distance, or is physically struggling to hold the dog, the plan has to address that too.

Behavior consulting does not make training less important. It puts training inside a wider assessment.

![Dog behavior consultant talking with a family in their living room while a Goldendoodle sits in the foreground.](https://storage.ghost.io/c/8e/39/8e39a9e9-cb69-43e0-9ad9-7b83467424a6/content/images/2026/06/Consultant_With_Family.jpg)

Expanding your career into dog behavior consulting means learning to understand the dog’s behavior, the client's goals, and the plan that can realistically help both.

## Why context is everything in animal behavior consulting

Clients usually ask for help in practical terms. They want the dog to stop barking, stop lunging, stop growling, stop biting, stop destroying things, or stop panicking when left alone.

That is understandable. They are living with the problem. They may be stressed, frightened, embarrassed, or worried about what happens next.

A trainer who is moving toward behavior consulting learns not to rush too quickly from the complaint to the exercise.

For example, a client may say, “He growls at my husband.”

A simple training response might be to teach the dog to go to a mat or reinforce calm behavior when the husband enters the room. Those may eventually be useful pieces. But first, the case needs more context.

Maybe the dog only growls at night. Maybe it happens when the dog is resting. Maybe the husband leans over him, reaches for his collar, or tries to move him off furniture. Maybe the dog has a history of being punished for growling. Maybe there are children in the home. Maybe the dog has already snapped, but the client did not think to mention it right away.

Details like these help you understand whether you are dealing with a training gap, a safety issue, a handling problem, a resource guarding pattern, pain or discomfort, fear, conflict in the household routine, or some combination of these.

This is one of the things you'll notice right away in behavior consulting: You are looking for the conditions around the behavior, so that you can set the dog and client up to succeed.

You'll be asking questions like:

- What does the dog appear to gain or avoid?
- What has the family already tried?
- What might be making the behavior more likely?
- What needs to be managed immediately so no one gets hurt?

Those questions are not there to make the process complicated. They are there because the wrong plan can fail quietly, or it can make the situation worse.

## 'Readiness' does not mean taking harder cases right away

A trainer can be ready to study behavior consulting and still not be ready to work complex behavior cases alone.

Learning about aggression does not mean accepting serious aggression cases. Learning about separation-related problems does not mean taking every dog who panics when left alone. Learning about resource guarding does not mean you should work a case with a bite history, children in the home, and no safe management plan without appropriate support.

Being ready to learn means you are ready to build judgment. Judgment includes knowing what information to gather, what risks to notice, what management is needed, when veterinary input may be important, when a case is outside your scope, and when referral is the most responsible recommendation.

This can be uncomfortable for trainers who are used to helping. A client may be desperate. They may tell you that no one else is available. They may want you to “just come see the dog” or “just give us something to try.” It is hard to say no when you care.

But behavior work often involves safety, welfare, and liability. A client’s urgency does not automatically make a case appropriate for your current skill level. Part of becoming more professional in this area is learning how to help without pretending you are the right person for every situation.

Sometimes that means providing limited support within scope. Sometimes it means helping the client understand why veterinary input matters. Sometimes it means referring to a more experienced behavior consultant or veterinary behavior professional. Sometimes it means being clear that management has to happen before any training plan is realistic.

![Goldendoodle in a harness standing beside a marshy pond with tall grass and rocks under a cloudy sky.](https://storage.ghost.io/c/8e/39/8e39a9e9-cb69-43e0-9ad9-7b83467424a6/content/images/2026/06/goldendoodle_marsh.jpg)

Behavior consulting asks trainers to look at the whole picture: the dog, the environment, the behavior pattern, and what support is realistic outside a training session.

## Signs that behavior consulting may be the right next area of study for you

You may be ready to explore dog behavior consulting if you find yourself wanting more than sharper training skills.

You want to understand why two dogs with similar-looking leash reactivity may need different plans. You notice that “resource guarding” is not one simple case type. You are interested in the dog’s history, the household routine, the trigger pattern, the client’s response, and the safety picture.

You may also be ready if you are comfortable with slower work. Behavior consulting often requires more information gathering, more client conversation, and more adjustment over time. The plan may not be impressive on day one. It may begin with management, safety changes, environmental adjustments, veterinary referral, or reducing rehearsal before any formal training exercise becomes useful.

It may be a good fit if you care about animal welfare as much as obedience training. After working with a client, you want to know whether the dog is coping better, whether the household is safer, and whether the plan is sustainable.

It may also be a good fit if you can tolerate uncertainty. Behavior cases are not always neat. Clients may leave out important details. Dogs may behave differently in the session than they do at home. The first plan may need revision. You may need to say, “I need more information before I can answer that."

## What studying behavior consulting can give you

A good introduction to behavior consulting should provide a framework. Trainers need a way to take a useful case history, identify patterns, think about risk, decide what matters first, and create intervention plans that fit the dog and the household.

That framework helps you make better decisions.

It helps you know when training is appropriate and when management has to come first. It helps you understand why a behavior may be maintained. It helps you avoid giving homework that sounds reasonable but does not match the actual case. It helps you talk to clients more clearly about safety, expectations, and next steps.

It also helps you stay honest about scope.

That may be one of the most valuable parts of studying behavior consulting. The goal is not to feel qualified for everything. The goal is to know more clearly what you can do, what you should not do alone, and what kind of support a case may need.

## You do not have to feel like an expert to begin

Many trainers wait too long because they think they need to feel ready before they start learning. But readiness to learn is not the same as readiness to practice independently at a high level.

You can begin studying dog behavior consulting because you are seeing cases that make you pause. You can begin because you want a better way to think through reactivity, fear, guarding, panic, aggression, and other behavior concerns without guessing or overstepping.

Behavior consulting does not require pretending to know more than you do. In fact, the opposite is true. The trainers who are often best suited to this path are the ones who can admit when a case is asking for more than a quick answer. You may not be ready to take every behavior case but you may be ready to start learning how to think about them more clearly.

Interested in exploring this path with structure? Sarah Filipiak’s APDTI course, [**Expanding Your Career to Dog Behavior Consulting**](https://www.pathlms.com/apdt/courses/300628?ref=traincanine.com), begins Monday, September 21, 2026 and is designed for dog professionals and serious career-changers who want a clearer foundation for behavior-consulting work, including the difference between training and behavior consulting, assessment, intervention planning, implementation, and scope-aware decision-making.
### Your dog “knows” what you’re asking. So why won’t they do it?
URL: https://www.traincanine.com/adolescent-dog-wont-listen/
Last updated: 2026-06-01T21:18:24.000Z
There is a certain kind of frustration that happens when your dog looks right at you, hears what you asked, and does something else.

And you know: they're not confused and they're not afraid. It just feels like they understand the request and have decided to do something else.

If you have an adolescent dog, you may know this feeling well. You say “sit,” and your dog just stands there, looking around. You call them, and they act like nothing happened and keep sniffing. 

The thought that comes up is usually some version of this: **“She knows this.”**

I get why it feels that way. When a dog has done something before, especially many times, it seems fair to expect them to do it again. But this is where adolescent dog training gets tricky.

Your dog may understand what you are asking. That does not mean the behavior is reliable yet.

**The short answer:** Your adolescent dog may understand what you are asking in easy situations, but that does not mean they can do it around distractions, excitement, or stronger rewards. Most “not listening” is a sign that the skill needs more practice in that setting, not that your dog is being difficult on purpose.

## Ideas to remember

- Your dog can understand a cue in one setting and still struggle with it somewhere harder.
- Adolescent dogs often need more practice around distractions, excitement, and real-life rewards.
- Repeating a cue usually does not make it stronger.
- Make the situation easier, reward the first correct response, and build back up slowly.
- Going back to basics is my go-to move every time. It may feel boring or backwards, but it is how reliable behavior gets built.

![Jack Russell terrier sitting on a leash and scratching during a walk.](https://storage.ghost.io/c/8e/39/8e39a9e9-cb69-43e0-9ad9-7b83467424a6/content/images/2026/06/sm_jackrussellscratch.jpg)

When an adolescent dog stops during a walk, the problem may be distraction, discomfort, or a situation that is too hard for them to respond well.

## Why it feels like your dog is ignoring you

Dogs can be good at making us feel ignored. You ask for something. Your dog hears you. They might even glance at you. Then they go right back to what they were doing.

Of course that feels rude from a human perspective!

The thing is, behavior is not just about whether your dog heard the word. It is also about what is happening around them, what they want in that moment, how excited they are, how much practice they have had in that situation, and what usually happens after they respond.

That is a lot more useful than “knows it” or “doesn’t know it.”

If your dog sits every time you hold a treat in the kitchen, your dog has learned that sitting in that setup works. The room is familiar. You are close. The reward is clear. There is not much else going on.

Now change the picture. You are outside. The grass smells interesting. A neighbor is unloading groceries. A dog is barking behind a fence. Your leash is twisted around your wrist. Your dog has been inside for five hours and is full of energy.

You say “sit.” It is the same word, but it is not the same job.

This is the part many people miss. Dogs do not automatically use a skill in every place just because they learned it in one place. They need practice learning that “sit” means sit in the kitchen, in the yard, near the sidewalk, when a person walks by, and when another dog is nearby.

Until that happens, “my dog knows this” usually means: **my dog knows this under certain conditions.**

I love this for us! It gives us a training plan.

## Why your dog seems to know something at home, but not elsewhere

A lot of dog handlers think training has two categories: either the dog knows it, or the dog does not.

Most adolescent dog behavior lives in the middle.

Your dog might know how to sit when calm, but not when excited. They might come when there is nothing better to do, but not when they are sniffing something fascinating. They might keep four paws on the floor with you, but not when your friend comes over and uses the high-pitched dog voice.

That does not mean the earlier training was fake. It means the behavior needs more layers.

A reliable behavior is not just a dog understanding a word. It is a dog being able to [respond to that word in different places](https://www.traincanine.com/problems-with-your-dogs-recall/), around different distractions, and in different emotional states.

A seasoned trainer will usually look at three things before blaming the dog:

1. **What happened right before the behavior?**  
Where was the dog? What was nearby? How close was the distraction? Was the dog already excited?
2. **What did the dog do?**  
Did they ignore the word, move away, pull, bark, jump, sniff, freeze, or offer a different behavior?
3. **What happened right after?**  
Did the dog get closer to something they wanted? Did they get to keep sniffing? Did a person give them attention? Did the exciting thing go away?

That pattern—memorize it. **Dogs repeat behavior that works for them.** If you can see what is setting the behavior up and what is keeping it going, you can change the plan.

![Small terrier standing in grass while a person calls from the background during off-leash practice.](https://storage.ghost.io/c/8e/39/8e39a9e9-cb69-43e0-9ad9-7b83467424a6/content/images/2026/06/ChatGPT-Image-Jun-1--2026--04_46_15-PM.png)

An adolescent dog in a grassy field may understand a cue at home but still struggle to respond around smells, distance, and outdoor distractions.

## Why your dog ignores you around distractions

Dogs do what works.

If pulling toward a smell gets your dog closer to the smell, pulling has been paid. If jumping gets attention, even messy attention, jumping can work. If ignoring “come” means your dog gets ten more seconds of sniffing, that choice has a payoff too.

This is not your dog being sneaky. It is behavior doing what behavior does.

Your dog is always learning from what happens next.

That is why adolescent dogs can seem so inconsistent. The world starts offering bigger rewards. Sniffing, greeting, chasing, watching, moving, and exploring can all become more valuable than responding to you.

This is especially true outside. Outside is not just “not the house.” Outside is full of information. Every smell matters. Every movement might be worth watching. Every person, dog, leaf, wrapper, and weird shadow has potential.

So when you ask your dog to do something, your request is competing with all of that.

This is where many people accidentally underpay hard behavior. A dog who sits in the kitchen might be happy with a small treat or a quick “good.” A dog who turns away from another dog, comes off a smell, or checks in with you near a distraction has done something harder.

Hard work should pay off!

What does that mean? This depends on your dog. It could mean food, play, permission to go sniff, moving forward or greeting someone, when appropriate. It can even mean getting more distance from something that feels too intense.

Whatever you are offering as a reward has to matter to your dog in that moment. What works in your kitchen may not matter on a walk. What works when your dog is calm may not work when they are excited. Your dog’s behavior will tell you if the reward is doing its job.

## Why teenage dogs seem to stop listening

Adolescence is not an excuse for every annoying thing your dog does, but it is a real factor.

During this stage, many dogs become more interested in the world. Their energy shifts. Their social interest may increase. [Their reactions may get bigger](https://www.traincanine.com/managing-reactive-dogs-stress-signs-environment/). Their ability to think clearly around exciting things may be less polished than their size suggests.

That gap creates a lot of frustration. Your dog may look grown, but that does not mean they have adult-level skills. A teenage dog can have a big body and a still-developing skill set.

We often expect the dog to “know better” because the dog looks older. After all, she's not a puppy anymore! The dog, meanwhile, is still learning how to respond when excited, curious, worried, tired, or distracted.

So no, your adolescent dog does not want you to act like they are helpless. But they also do not need you to assume the finished behavior should already be there. They need training that matches the real difficulty of the moment.

## The mistake we all make: Testing instead of training

This is one of the biggest traps with adolescent dogs.

People often want to test their dog's finished behavior in the hardest situation, then feel frustrated when the dog cannot do it.

Calling your dog away from play is not the place to find out whether their recall is strong. Asking for perfect leash walking right beside another dog is not the place to begin [teaching focus](https://www.traincanine.com/making-sure-your-dog-focuses-anywhere-you-go-a-how-to/). Expecting calm greetings when guests are already inside, excited, and talking to your dog is asking for the final version of the skill.

That is testing, not training.

Testing asks, “Can you do this right now?”  
Training asks, “How can I help you get this right?”

If your dog fails a test, you do not need to panic. You need to lower the difficulty and train the missing step.

If your dog cannot come away from another dog, start by practicing recalls away from boring things. Then practice away from mildly interesting things. Then practice with more distance from another dog. Use a long line where needed. Reward well. Build gradually.

If your dog cannot sit when visitors arrive, do not begin with three excited friends at the front door. Practice with one calm person. Practice before the person comes all the way in. Practice farther from the door. Reward small wins.

If leash walking falls apart near other dogs, stop trying to march past dogs at close range and hoping this time will be different. For most behaviors where the dog is dealing with distractions and you're about to lose your mind, you can implement three steps: 

1. **Create distance.**
2. **Reward your dog for noticing you.**
3. **Move up gradually. Practice only when and where they can still pay attention.**

![Beagle rolling on its back in the grass during outdoor time.](https://storage.ghost.io/c/8e/39/8e39a9e9-cb69-43e0-9ad9-7b83467424a6/content/images/2026/06/beagle-roll.jpg)

Outdoor smells, movement, and sensory rewards can make it harder for an adolescent dog to listen, even when they understand the cue at home.

## What to do when your dog ignores you

When your dog does not respond, the most natural thing in the world is to repeat yourself.

“Sit. Sit. Sit.”

The trouble is that repeating the word over and over usually does not make the behavior stronger. In many cases, it teaches your dog that the first word was not very important.

Instead, pause and look at the setup.

Ask: is this too hard for my dog, [right now](https://www.traincanine.com/emotions-in-dog-training-empathy-body-language/)?

Then make something easier. Move farther from the distraction. Ask for a smaller behavior. Reward quickly when your dog succeeds. Then practice again at that easier level.

Let’s say you ask your dog to sit near another dog, and they cannot do it. Pause. Move farther away. Ask for something easier, like their name or a hand target. When they respond, reward them. If they are calmer, try the sit again from that easier distance.

Or say you call your dog in the yard, and they keep sniffing. Instead of calling five more times, move closer. Use a cheerful tone. Make the choice easier. When they turn toward you, reward that. Next time, practice before they are deep in the most interesting smell of the day.

Or your dog jumps when someone enters. Instead of repeating yourself from across the room, change the greeting setup: Create space. Use a leash if needed. Find a moment to toss treats to your dog before they launch at the visitor. Ask for a behavior they can actually do in that moment. You're aiming to reinforce even the smallest bit of the behavior you can get in that moment.

## Why going back to basics helps teenage dogs listen

This is where a lot of people get stuck.

They feel silly rewarding a dog for something the dog “already knows.” They worry that going back to easier practice means the dog is getting away with something. But easier practice is not the same as giving up. It is how you build the missing part of the skill.

Dogs need [successful practice](https://www.traincanine.com/teach-your-dog-to-focus-on-you/) in the situations where we want the behavior to work. We need to do this more than once, and not just when nothing else is happening. Many times, in many places, with the difficulty raised slowly enough that the dog can keep winning.

A behavior that has only been practiced in easy conditions will often fall apart in hard conditions. That does not mean the dog is bad. It means the behavior needs more support.

## Pay for the version of the behavior you actually want

Not all sits are equal. A sit in the kitchen before dinner is one thing. A sit while a delivery person is at the door is another. A sit while another dog walks past is harder still.

If you want your adolescent dog to respond in harder moments, those harder moments need to be worth it.

Some people worry this is bribery. It is not. Bribery usually happens before the behavior, often as a plea. Reinforcement happens after the behavior and makes that behavior more likely next time.

You are not saying, “Please do this and I’ll make it worth your while.” You are saying, “That choice worked. Try it again.”

The reward does not always have to be food, though food is useful because it is clear, fast, and easy to repeat.

For some dogs, the best reward on a walk is permission to sniff. If your dog looks back at you instead of dragging you to a tree, you can reward by letting them go sniff that tree.

For some dogs (I'm looking at you, herding breeds), movement is rewarding. A few steps forward after loose leash walking can be a reward. For some dogs, distance is the reward. If your dog is worried about another dog, moving away can be deeply helpful. For some dogs, greeting is valuable. When it is safe and appropriate, calm behavior can lead to access to the person they want to greet.

Use what your dog wants to strengthen the behavior you want. That is not spoiling your dog. That is using the natural outcome to your advantage.

![Woman sitting in the grass training a young dog to touch her hand with its paw.](https://storage.ghost.io/c/8e/39/8e39a9e9-cb69-43e0-9ad9-7b83467424a6/content/images/2026/06/high-five.jpg)

Short, successful practice sessions help adolescent dogs build reliable listening skills around outdoor distractions.

## Use setbacks to your advantage—as information

When your dog's behavior doesn't go the way you want, it can feel like failure. Your dog lunges toward another dog, ignores you in the yard, jumps on a guest, cannot focus in class, or barks at something they ignored last week. Ugh!

It is easy to take this stuff personally. But a setback is not a verdict. It is information.

The useful question is not, “Why is my dog like this?” The useful question is, **“What made this too hard?”**

Try asking:

- Has my dog done this behavior in this place before?
- Was the distraction too close?
- Was my dog already tired, worried, or overstimulated?
- Was I asking for the final version of the behavior too soon?
- Was the reward strong enough for that situation?
- Did my dog get something valuable from not responding?
- What could I make easier next time?

Good answers to these questions basically write your training plan.

That is one reason I am careful with labels. They may feel satisfying in the moment or are fun shorthand when talking with friends, but they often leave you stuck. If the dog is “stubborn,” what do you do next? Repeat more? Get more frustrated?

But if the dog is underprepared for that environment and shows you through their behavior, now you have options. Create distance. Use a long line. Practice at an easier level. Choose a better reward. Work before your dog is overexcited. Break the behavior into smaller pieces.

## What to do the next time your dog “knows” and still doesn’t do it

The next time your adolescent dog looks at you and does not respond, try not to make the moment about respect. Make it about difficulty.

Ask yourself: can my dog do this here, with this distraction, at this level of excitement? Have I rewarded this behavior enough in this kind of situation? What is the environment offering that might be more valuable than me right now? How can I make the next repetition easier?

That is trainer thinking. Not because it sounds fancy, but because it gives you somewhere useful to go.

Your adolescent dog is not done learning just because they have done the behavior before. They are still learning how to respond in a bigger, louder, more distracting world.

So when your dog “knows” what you’re asking and still doesn’t do it, the better answer is not that they are being difficult on purpose.

The better answer is: this version of the skill needs more training.

That is workable. That is normal. And with the right setup, it can get better.

![Adolescent German Shorthaired Pointer wearing a teal collar and sniffing tall grass near a river.](https://storage.ghost.io/c/8e/39/8e39a9e9-cb69-43e0-9ad9-7b83467424a6/content/images/2026/06/GSP-sniffing.png)

Sniffing can be a powerful reward for adolescent dogs, especially outdoors where smells, movement, and new environments compete with listening.

## Frequently asked questions about adolescent dogs not listening

### Why does my adolescent dog ignore cues they know?

Your dog may know the cue in easy situations, but not yet around distractions, excitement, or stronger rewards. That means the behavior needs more practice in that setting.

### Is my teenage dog being stubborn?

Usually, “stubborn” is not the most useful way to look at it. Your dog may be underprepared for the situation, too excited to respond well, or getting rewarded by the environment.

### Why does my dog listen at home but not outside?

Outside is harder. Smells, movement, people, dogs, and sounds all compete with you. Your dog needs practice responding in those places too.

### Should I repeat a cue if my dog ignores me?

Avoid repeating the word over and over. Pause, make the situation easier, ask for something your dog can do, and reward the first correct response.

### How do I get my adolescent dog to listen better?

Practice in easier settings first, add distractions slowly, reward well, and use what your dog wants, like food, play, sniffing, movement, or space, to support the behavior you want.

---

By **Sarah Filipiak CDBC**, a professional dog trainer who helps adolescent dogs and their people build real-life skills without punishment, intimidation, or outdated dominance-based methods.

##
### What is a dog behavior consultant? How the role differs from dog training
URL: https://www.traincanine.com/what-is-a-dog-behavior-consultant/
Last updated: 2026-08-08T16:19:20.000Z
Many dog professionals reach a point where basic training questions start to turn into bigger behavior questions.

A dog can sit, stay, and walk nicely in class, but at home, they panic when guests arrive. A client says their dog is “stubborn,” but the pattern looks more like fear, stress, or confusion. A dog’s behavior may also raise safety or welfare concerns, such as biting, severe fear, or intense reactivity.

That is where [dog behavior consulting](https://www.traincanine.com/ready-for-behavior-consulting/) comes in.

Dog training and dog behavior consulting overlap, but they are not the same job. Trainers often teach skills. Behavior consultants look at the larger picture around a behavior problem and help create a realistic plan for change.

## So: What is a dog behavior consultant?

A dog behavior consultant is a professional who helps clients understand and change behavior problems by looking at the whole picture: the dog’s behavior, environment, learning history, emotional state, risk, and the humans involved.

Dog trainers often focus on teaching skills, such as loose-leash walking, recall, polite greetings, and class foundations. Dog behavior consultants use a broader assessment and planning process, often for more complex behavior concerns.

A behavior consultant does not simply label a dog as “dominant,” “stubborn,” or “bad.” They ask better questions. What happens before the behavior? What happens after it? Where does it happen? What has the dog learned? What does the dog need? What can the client safely and realistically do?

![Dog trainer working with a husky puppy on leash, showing the skill-building side of dog training before behavior consulting.](https://storage.ghost.io/c/8e/39/8e39a9e9-cb69-43e0-9ad9-7b83467424a6/content/images/2026/05/husky-puppy.jpg)

Dog training often focuses on building clear skills and communication, while behavior consulting looks at the bigger pattern behind more complex behavior concerns.

## What dog trainers usually focus on

Dog trainers help dogs and people build useful skills.

That might include teaching a puppy to settle on a mat, helping a family teach polite leash walking, coaching a dog through a basic manners class, or helping a client improve their timing and reward delivery.

Most dog training work includes things like:

- Teaching cues, such as sit, down, stay, come, leave it, and drop it.
- Building manners, such as not jumping on guests or not pulling on leash.
- Coaching people so they can practice clearly and kindly.
- Creating class goals or private lesson plans.
- Helping dogs learn in ways that are safe, humane, and effective.

Good training is not “just obedience.” It can improve communication, reduce stress, and help people live more easily with their dogs.

Modern professional training also places strong value on humane methods. [The American Veterinary Society of Animal Behavior](https://avsab.org/resources/position-statements/?ref=traincanine.com) says reward-based methods should be used for dog training and behavior modification, and its public resources state that AVSAB recommends reward-based methods for all dog training, including behavior problems. 

So, dog trainers are already doing important work. In fact, many behavior consultants begin as trainers because training experience helps them understand learning, timing, reinforcement, client coaching, and dog body language.

But some cases call for a wider lens.

## What dog behavior consultants usually focus on

A dog behavior consultant looks beyond the skill the dog can or cannot do.

Instead of asking only, “How do we teach this dog to stop barking?” a consultant may ask:

- What starts the barking?
- What does the dog gain or avoid by barking?
- Does the dog look afraid, excited, frustrated, conflicted, or overwhelmed?
- Is the environment making the problem worse?
- Are there safety risks for people, dogs, or other animals?
- What has already been tried?
- What can this client actually follow through on?

This is a key difference. Behavior consulting is not only about teaching the dog a new cue. It is about understanding why the behavior is happening and creating a plan that fits the dog, the people, the home, and the risk level.

A consultant may think about antecedents, consequences, environment, emotional state, safety, client capacity, and intervention planning.

In plain language, that means they look at what happens before the behavior, what happens after it, what the dog may be feeling, what the people can manage, and what plan is most likely to work.

For example, a dog may bark and lunge at other dogs on walks. A basic training goal might be, “Teach the dog to heel.” A consulting-level question might be, “Is this dog afraid, frustrated, over-aroused, in pain, lacking distance, or practicing a pattern that keeps working?”

That question leads to a different kind of plan.

The plan may include management, safety steps, enrichment, changes to the walking route, careful exposure at a safe distance, new skills, and referral to a veterinarian or veterinary behaviorist when medical or medication questions are involved.

That last part matters. Dog behavior consultants do not diagnose medical or psychiatric conditions. Veterinary professionals are the ones who diagnose and treat medical problems. [The American Veterinary Society of Animal Behavior](https://avsab.org/?ref=traincanine.com) explains that veterinarians are qualified to diagnose and treat medical and behavioral problems, and board-certified veterinary behaviorists can prescribe medication and behavior modification plans. 

## How behavior consulting is different from dog training

Dog training and behavior consulting are connected, but they often start from different questions.

Dog training often asks, *“What skill does this dog need to learn?”*

Behavior consulting often asks, *“What is driving this behavior, and what needs to change for this dog and client to make progress safely?”*

## Who should you call for help with your dog?

The right starting point depends on what has changed, how complex or risky the behavior is, and whether a medical issue might be involved.

The titles alone do not tell you everything. Dog trainers and behavior consultants can have very different education, experience, credentials, and methods. In the United States, [certification is generally voluntary for dog trainers](https://www.ccpdt.org/certification/become-a-dog-trainer/?ref=traincanine.com), and [behavior consultant is not a protected title](https://avsab.org/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/AVSAB-Selecting-a-behavior-consultant-final-5.11.20.pdf?ref=traincanine.com). Ask about the professional’s credentials, experience with cases like yours, methods, continuing education, and referral relationships before hiring them.

The roles also overlap. A well-qualified trainer may have extensive behavior experience, and a behavior consultant may teach practical skills as part of a larger plan. The guide below describes useful starting points, not rigid boundaries.

### Dog trainer

**Start here when:** Your dog needs help learning everyday skills or practicing them more reliably. Common examples include puppy foundations, recall, loose-leash walking, polite greetings, settling, cooperative-care skills, and responding around ordinary distractions.

**What they can help with:** A qualified trainer can teach new skills, adjust the training setup, improve reinforcement and timing, coach the humans involved, and turn a broad goal into steps the dog and household can practice. Some trainers also have advanced education and experience with reactivity or other behavior concerns, so ask about the individual professional rather than relying on the title alone.

**When another professional may be needed:** Involve a veterinarian when the behavior changed suddenly, pain or illness might be contributing, or medication or a medical diagnosis may be relevant. A trainer should also refer or collaborate when fear, panic, aggression, compulsive behavior, or another complex concern falls outside their education or experience.

### Dog behavior consultant

**Start here when:** The concern involves a more complex pattern affecting safety or quality of life—for example, fear, anxiety, aggression, phobias, compulsive behavior, or another problem that requires more than teaching a cue. [Recognized behavior-consultant credentials](https://iaabc.org/en/credentials?ref=traincanine.com) evaluate knowledge and experience relevant to complex cases, but the title itself does not guarantee those qualifications.

**What they can help with:** A qualified behavior consultant can gather a detailed history, look at what happens before and after the behavior, consider the environment and the dog’s learning history, develop management and behavior-change recommendations, coach the people implementing the plan, monitor progress, and refer when the case needs medical or specialist involvement.

**When another professional may be needed:** A behavior consultant who is not also a veterinarian cannot diagnose a medical condition or prescribe medication. [Veterinary involvement is important](https://avsab.org/directory/?ref=traincanine.com) when behavior changes suddenly, pain or illness may be involved, medication is being considered, or the case has medical and behavioral pieces that need to be assessed together.

### Veterinarian

**Start here when:** Your dog has a sudden or unexplained behavior change, possible pain or illness, changes in sleep, appetite, movement, elimination, or awareness, or any other sign that health may be affecting behavior. A veterinarian is also the correct professional for medical diagnosis and medication questions.

**What they can help with:** [Veterinarians can diagnose and treat medical and behavioral problems](https://avsab.org/directory/?ref=traincanine.com). They can take a medical and behavior history, perform a physical examination, recommend diagnostic testing, identify or rule out medical contributors, prescribe medication when appropriate, and coordinate or refer to a qualified trainer, behavior consultant, or veterinary behaviorist.

**When another professional may be needed:** A general-practice veterinarian may refer to a veterinary behaviorist when the case is severe, unusually complex, not improving as expected, or requires specialty behavioral-medicine assessment. [Veterinary behavior-management guidelines](https://www.aaha.org/wp-content/uploads/globalassets/02-guidelines/behavior-management/behaviormgmt%5Fbooklet.pdf?ref=traincanine.com) also describe collaboration with qualified trainers and behavior professionals as part of an integrated plan.

### Board-certified veterinary behaviorist

**Start here when:** The dog has a severe or complex behavior problem, medical and behavioral factors may be interacting, medication may need to be integrated with a behavior plan, safety or welfare concerns are substantial, or earlier interventions have not produced enough progress.

**What they can help with:** A [board-certified veterinary behaviorist](https://www.dacvb.org/?ref=traincanine.com) is a veterinarian with specialty training and board certification in veterinary behavior. This combined medical and behavioral training allows the specialist to evaluate medical contributors, diagnose behavioral conditions, prescribe and monitor medication when indicated, and develop an integrated behavior-modification and environmental-management plan.

**When another professional may be needed:** Veterinary behaviorists often collaborate with the dog’s regular veterinarian and with qualified trainers or behavior consultants who support day-to-day practice and follow-through. If there is an immediate safety or medical emergency, contact an appropriate local veterinary or emergency service rather than waiting for a specialty appointment.

## Still not sure where to start?

- **The behavior changed suddenly, or your dog may be in pain or ill:** Start with your veterinarian.
- **Your dog needs help learning manners or a practical skill:** Look for a qualified, humane dog trainer.
- **Fear, anxiety, reactivity, aggression, or another complex pattern is affecting safety or quality of life:** Look for a credentialed behavior consultant and involve your veterinarian when medical factors or medication may be relevant.
- **The case is severe, medically complicated, or not improving with an appropriate plan:** Ask your veterinarian about a board-certified veterinary behaviorist.

Whoever you choose, ask how they assess cases, what methods and equipment they use, what credentials and continuing education they have, and who they refer to when a case falls outside their expertise.

**Here are three common examples of when behavior consulting comes in handy:**

### 1\. The dog can do the skill in class, but not at home

A dog may perform well in a group class. They can sit, focus, and walk politely in that setting.

But at home, the same dog may fall apart when delivery drivers come to the door. They may bark, spin, grab clothing, or rush the entryway.

This may not be a simple “doesn’t know sit” problem. The dog may be over threshold, scared, frustrated, or rehearsing a behavior pattern that has worked many times before.

A behavior consultant would look at the full setup: the doorbell, the layout of the home, the dog’s history with visitors, the client’s timing, safety needs, and what management must be in place before training can work.

### 2\. The client says the dog is “stubborn”

Clients often use labels because they are frustrated or confused.

A dog who “refuses” to come inside may be worried about what happens after they enter. A dog who “knows better” but growls near the couch may be guarding space, resting, in pain, or feeling unsafe. A dog who “acts guilty” may actually be showing appeasement or stress signals.

Behavior consulting helps move the conversation from labels to patterns.

Instead of asking, “How do we stop this stubborn dog?” the consultant asks, “What is the dog responding to, and what are the safest ways to change that pattern?”

That kind of thinking helps protect both the dog and the client relationship.

### 3\. The behavior creates safety or welfare concerns

Some cases carry more risk.

This might include bites, threats toward children, severe fear, panic when left alone, intense dog-dog aggression, or behavior that may be linked to pain or medical issues.

In these cases, the plan must include more than a cue list. It may need safety steps, management, behavior tracking, client education, and referral to the right veterinary professional.

The [ASPCA](https://www.aspca.org/pet-care/general-pet-care/behavioral-help-your-pet?ref=traincanine.com) notes that pet behavior issues may include behaviors such as barking, biting, chewing, digging, escaping, and running away, and that seeking help from a qualified professional can be the best way to address behavior problems. 

## What dog behavior consulting is not

Dog behavior consulting is not deciding to tackle more complex or dangerous behaviors.

It is not seeing one behavior and making a fast claim about the dog’s personality. It is not saying, “That dog is dominant,” “That dog is spoiled,” or “That dog just needs a firm hand.”

Dog behavior consulting is also not diagnosing. A dog behavior consultant can observe behavior, gather history, build plans, and refer when needed. They should not claim to diagnose medical problems or prescribe medication unless they are also legally qualified to do so.

Consulting is not promising fast fixes, either.

Some behavior change takes time. Some cases need teamwork. Some plans need to start with safety and management before deeper change is possible. A good consultant helps clients see what is realistic, what needs to happen first, and when another professional should be involved.

This is part of why behavior consulting can be both challenging and meaningful. It requires knowledge, but it also requires judgment.

## Do you need to be a dog trainer first?

Not always, but training experience helps.

You do not always need to be a dog trainer first to begin learning about behavior consulting, and the course [**Expanding Your Career to Dog Behavior Consulting**](https://www.pathlms.com/apdt/courses/232486/sections/206528?ref=traincanine.com) does not require prerequisites. That said, prior experience with dogs, training, shelters, veterinary settings, grooming, daycare, boarding, or client-facing animal work can help you connect the concepts to real cases.

For many people, dog training is a strong foundation. It gives you practice with learning theory, timing, reinforcement, body language, lesson planning, and coaching humans.

But behavior consulting adds more layers. You need to think about risk, patterns, motivation, welfare, environment, and what the client can actually do between sessions.

That is why this path is especially relevant for dog trainers and dog professionals who are starting to encounter more complex cases and want a clearer framework.

![Dog professional smiling with a relaxed dog outdoors, illustrating who may fit a career in dog behavior consulting.](https://storage.ghost.io/c/8e/39/8e39a9e9-cb69-43e0-9ad9-7b83467424a6/content/images/2026/05/Girl-With-Her-Dog.png)

Dog behavior consulting can be a strong next step for dog professionals who enjoy client communication, careful observation, and long-term behavior change.

## Who this career path may fit

Dog behavior consulting may be a good next step if you enjoy asking “why,” not just teaching “what.”

It may fit you if you are a dog trainer who wants to understand complex behavior cases more clearly. It may also fit shelter and rescue professionals, veterinary-adjacent professionals, daycare staff, boarding staff, groomers, and serious career changers who want to explore the field.

You may enjoy this path if you like:

- Looking for patterns in behavior, then assessing and analyzing those patterns.
- Talking with clients and asking thoughtful questions.
- Creating step-by-step environmental change and behavior change plans that people can actually follow.
- Thinking about safety and animal welfare.
- You are comfortable observing and testing over time instead of expecting one simple answer.
- Working with more complex cases in a careful, scope-aware way.

You do not need to know everything before you begin learning. In fact, part of becoming more professional is knowing what you do not know yet, when to seek mentorship, and when to refer.

As for professional resources, the [International Association of Animal Behavior Consultants](https://iaabc.org/?ref=traincanine.com) is focused on raising standards in animal behavior consulting through credentialing and education. The field values education, ethics, and ongoing professional growth.

![Dachshund in round glasses on yellow background for FAQ section about dog behavior consulting and dog training.](https://storage.ghost.io/c/8e/39/8e39a9e9-cb69-43e0-9ad9-7b83467424a6/content/images/2026/05/dachsund-glasses-new.png)

Dog behavior consulting starts with better questions about behavior, context, safety, and what the dog and client need next.

## FAQ

### What is a dog behavior consultant?

A dog behavior consultant is a professional who helps clients understand and change behavior problems. They look at the dog’s behavior, environment, learning history, emotional state, safety needs, and the people involved. Their work often includes assessment, planning, coaching, management, and behavior change over time.

### Is a dog behavior consultant the same as a dog trainer?

No, although the roles can overlap. Dog trainers often teach skills, manners, and cues. Dog behavior consultants usually work with more complex behavior concerns and use a broader assessment process. Many behavior consultants are also trainers, but behavior consulting requires extra focus on function, risk, environment, emotional state, and intervention planning.

### Do dog behavior consultants diagnose behavior disorders?

No, not unless they are also legally qualified veterinary professionals. Dog behavior consultants can observe behavior, gather information, create training and behavior plans, and refer when needed. Veterinarians and veterinary behaviorists diagnose and treat medical conditions. Board-certified veterinary behaviorists can also prescribe medication when appropriate.

### What kinds of cases do behavior consultants work with?

Dog behavior consultants may work with fear, reactivity, aggression, separation-related concerns, handling issues, resource guarding, behavior changes in the home, and other complex cases. The exact scope depends on the consultant’s education, experience, credentials, and referral network.

### How do I start becoming a dog behavior consultant?

Start by building a strong foundation in dog training, learning theory, humane behavior change, dog body language, client coaching, and case assessment. You can also take courses, seek mentorship, observe experienced professionals, and learn how to work within your scope. If you already work with dogs, your real-world experience can help you connect new concepts to the cases you are seeing.

## Interested in exploring behavior consulting as a career path?

Sarah Filipiak’s APDT certificate course, [**Expanding Your Career to Dog Behavior Consulting**](https://www.pathlms.com/apdt/courses/232486/sections/206528?ref=traincanine.com), introduces dog professionals to the difference between dog training and behavior consulting, fundamentals of behavior consulting, assessment, intervention planning, and implementation.

Sarah Filipiak is a Certified Dog Behavior Consultant and founder of Train Canine. Train Canine describes her work as helping trainers move into clearer decision-making on real cases, with a focus on practical training, behavior consulting, and client communication. 

Want to be notified when the next session opens? Join the waitlist for updates.

[Join the waitlist](#/portal/signup/free)
### Why does grooming become a struggle for so many dogs?
URL: https://www.traincanine.com/why-dog-grooming-becomes-a-struggle/
Last updated: 2026-06-03T01:22:17.000Z
**Quick answer:** Grooming often becomes stressful because dogs are asked to tolerate brushing, nail trims, ear cleaning, or handling before they understand what is happening. Cooperative care teaches dogs to participate through clear start signals, respected stop signals, short practice sessions, and high-value rewards. The goal is trust, not force.

Many dog parents think grooming problems start with stubbornness. The dog wiggles, hides, mouths the brush, pulls a paw away, or freezes when the nail clippers appear. But in many cases, the dog is not being difficult. They are communicating.

A brush may feel strange. A nail trim may feel too intense. A grooming table may feel unstable. If the session keeps going after the dog asks for space, grooming can quickly become something they dread.

That is where cooperative care changes the picture.

Cooperative care means teaching your dog to willingly take part in everyday care, including brushing, nail trims, ear cleaning, and handling. Instead of pushing through a grooming task, you teach your dog how to say, “I’m ready,” and how to ask for a pause. The Train Canine guide explains that these small communication skills can lower stress, build trust, and make grooming safer for both dog and owner.

## The real reason grooming gets hard? Your dog does not feel safe

Grooming becomes a struggle when the dog does not feel safe, clear, or in control.

That can happen for several reasons. Some dogs are introduced to tools too quickly. Some are handled for too long. Some give small stress signals that are missed. Others simply have no predictable routine, so every brush, clipper, or wipe feels like a surprise.

One of the biggest mistakes is skipping the early steps. The guide warns that moving too fast can create fear and resistance. A dog may need to start by sniffing the brush, standing near a grooming mat, or resting their chin on a hand for just a few seconds. These tiny steps matter because they teach the dog that grooming tools predict rewards, calm handling, and choice.

## Start signals help dogs feel ready

A start signal is a simple behavior your dog uses to show they are ready for care. Common examples include resting their chin on your palm, placing their chin on a pillow, or standing calmly on a nonslip mat or grooming platform.

Once the dog offers the start signal, grooming can begin. If they leave the position, the session pauses.

This makes grooming clearer. Your dog learns, “When I do this behavior, care starts. When I move away, care stops.” That clarity can reduce fidgeting, avoidance, and panic because the dog has a job they understand.

Want the full start-signal plan, printable trackers, and brushing steps? [**Purchase the Cooperative Care Guide from Train Canine**](https://www.traincanine.com/cooperative-care-guide/)**.**

## Stop signals are not the same as bad behavior

Many grooming problems get worse because stop signals are ignored.

A dog’s stop signal may be obvious, like stepping off the mat or pulling away. It may also be subtle. The guide lists signs such as lip licking, yawning, stiffening, weight shifting, pawing, turning away, or lifting the chin from a resting position. These behaviors are not defiance. They are information.

When your dog gives a stop signal, pause immediately. Let them reset. Do not coax, hold, or rush them back into position. When they offer the start signal again, reward generously.

This teaches your dog an important lesson: asking for a break works. Dogs who trust that their “no” will be heard are often more willing to try again.

## Emotional comfort has a look

[A dog who is comfortable](https://www.traincanine.com/how-to-tell-if-your-dog-is-relaxed-body-language-and-signs/) with grooming often has soft eyes, relaxed ears, a loose body, and steady stillness. They may hold a chin rest calmly or stand on a platform without lifting paws, bracing, or turning away. They are engaged, but not frantic.

These signs help owners decide whether to keep going, make the step easier, or stop for the day.

## Treats build better associations, always

Food rewards are not bribery in cooperative care. They help create positive associations with handling and grooming tools.

The guide recommends high-value treats at the beginning, such as small pieces of cooked meat, cheese, dehydrated chicken liver, chicken or duck jerky, boiled chicken, or roast beef. Treats should be small so your dog can eat quickly and stay focused. Variety can also help keep short sessions interesting.

## Short sessions beat long sessions every time

Cooperative care does not require a full training schedule. The guide suggests practicing in small pockets of time, such as while coffee brews, during a lunch break, or while watching TV in the evening.

For brushing, the process can begin with the brush nearby, then progress to sniffing, holding a start signal, touching the brush to the fur for one second, and eventually adding a single brush stroke in an easy spot like the back.

Progress may look small at first. That is normal. A dog sniffing the brush calmly is progress. A three-second chin rest is progress. A relaxed pause near the nail clippers is progress.

## FAQ: Dog grooming struggles and the latest skill for dog parents: Cooperative care

**Why does my dog fight grooming?**  
Your dog may be scared, confused, overstimulated, or unsure how to ask for a break. Cooperative care gives them clear ways to participate.

**What is the best first step?**  
Start with a simple start signal, such as a chin rest or standing on a nonslip mat. Reward calm behavior before adding grooming tools.

**How long should practice take?**  
Two to five minutes is enough for many dogs at the beginning.

**What should I do if my dog moves away?**  
Pause. Let your dog reset, then reward them when they choose to re-engage.

For the complete step-by-step training plan, treat ideas, grooming checklist, and progress trackers, [buy Getting Started with Cooperative Care here](https://www.traincanine.com/cooperative-care-guide/).
### For dog trainers who know the basics but want better plans, better follow-through, and better results
URL: https://www.traincanine.com/dog-training-201-course/
Last updated: 2026-06-26T13:46:06.000Z
[Dog Training 201](https://www.pathlms.com/apdt/courses/75230?ref=traincanine.com) is for dog trainers who know the basics but want better plans, better follow-through, and better client results.

➡️

The Spring 2026 course has ended. The course is expected to be offered again in Fall 2026, and dates will be announced soon. ****Join the** [****interest list**](https://www.traincanine.com/#/portal/signup) **for the next Dog Training 201 cohort.**

This course helps trainers build structured training plans, troubleshoot cases more confidently, and communicate with clients in a way that supports follow-through between sessions.

A lot of dog trainers do not need more information. They need a stronger system.

You can know plenty about training and still feel like your sessions are a little too improvised, your client communication is inconsistent, or your plans fall apart the minute real life gets involved. This course is designed to fix that part.

Dog Training 201 is for trainers who want more structure, more confidence, and a clearer way to guide clients from first session to real follow-through.

### Who this is for

This course is a strong fit if you already know the basics of dog training, but want to get better at the part that actually makes your work hold together.

It is especially useful if you want to:

- build clearer, step-by-step training plans
- stop winging session flow from week to week
- troubleshoot behavior challenges without second-guessing yourself
- explain things to clients more clearly
- get better follow-through between sessions
- create a process you can reuse instead of reinventing the wheel every time

### What makes this course different

Some courses focus mostly on training techniques.

This one also focuses on the structure around the work.

That means planning. Case flow. Troubleshooting. Client communication. The everyday decisions that make the difference between a plan that sounds good in theory and one that actually works in practice.

If you have ever had a dog make progress in session while the client forgot half the plan by the time they got home, you already know why this matters.

### What you'll walk away with

By the end of the course, you will have:

- a structured 6-session training plan built around a real case
- one complete client instruction sheet
- a reusable template you can adapt for future sessions
- better strategies for adjusting interventions when things are not going to plan
- a stronger framework for client communication and participation
- practical tools for troubleshooting common follow-through problems

This is not just more material to watch and nod at. You will leave with work you can actually use.

### Why take this course?

Most trainers do not struggle because they care too little or know too little.

They struggle because real cases are messy. Clients are busy. Dogs do not progress in straight lines. And it is hard to stay organized when you are trying to think about training mechanics, behavior change, client expectations, homework, setbacks, and next steps all at once.

This course helps you create more order in that mess.

It gives you a clearer process for building plans, adapting when needed, and helping clients stay part of the work instead of becoming a spectator to it.

## Frequently Asked Questions

**Who is this course for?**  
This course is for dog trainers who already know the basics and want more structure, confidence, and consistency in their work. It is especially helpful for trainers who want to build stronger training plans, improve problem-solving skills, and communicate more effectively with clients.

**What will students get from the course?**  
Students will learn how to create clear, step-by-step training plans, troubleshoot behavior challenges more confidently, and keep clients engaged throughout the training process. The course also offers continuing education credits for several professional organizations.

**What makes this course different?**  
Unlike courses that focus only on training techniques, this one also emphasizes planning, communication, and client success. It is designed to help trainers become more effective not just with dogs, but with the people they work with too.

---

If you are ready to stop piecing your process together case by case and start working from a stronger framework, this course is worth a look.

[Get notified when Dog Training 201 opens again](https://www.traincanine.com/#/portal/signup)
### Pack walks: Helpful socialization tool or disaster in the making?
URL: https://www.traincanine.com/pack-walks-helpful-socialization-tool-or-disaster/
Last updated: 2026-03-30T21:08:46.000Z
Dog lovers are debating whether *pack walks* (group walks led by a trainer or handler with multiple dogs) are genuinely useful for socialization or just visually impressive. Scroll through social media and you’ll see beautifully behaved groups of happy dogs with their handlers, out on an adventure. It looks like magic, but like most things, the idea of a pack walk hides nuance.

Done well, pack walks can combine a fun outing with your dog and a useful training tool. Done poorly, they can reinforce exactly the behaviors you’re trying to change.

Let’s look at what actually makes them work, and what doesn't.

### What pack walks are (and what they aren’t)

A common misconception is that pack walks are about dogs “socializing” through interaction—sniffing, playing, or greeting each other.

In reality, a well-structured pack walk is about something very different:  
**learning to exist calmly around other dogs without direct interaction.**

For many dogs—especially those who are reactive, anxious, or easily overstimulated—this is a far more valuable skill than free-for-all social time.

### When pack walks work

Pack walks can be highly effective enrichment activities and behavior modification support when they are:

**1\. Structured, humane and pre-screened**  
Dogs are screened before joining a pack walk to make sure they don't have a history of reactivity or aggression towards other dogs or people. Dogs are spaced appropriately, movement is intentional, and there’s minimal on-leash greeting. No punitive methods (scolding, spraying, collar jerks or e-collars) are used.

**2\. Led by a skilled trainer**  
Timing, observation, and decision-making matter. A good trainer reads dogs' subtle stress signals, adjusts spacing, encourages positive reinforcement and prevents any escalation of unwanted behavior.

**3\. Designed for emotional regulation**  
The goal of each walk is helping dogs enjoy their time out and about and importantly, stay under threshold for lunging or barking. 

**4\. Matched thoughtfully**  
Throwing incompatible dogs and handlers together doesn’t “fix” behavior. Group composition—energy levels, triggers, and handler experience—makes or breaks the session.

**5\. Gradual and intentional**  
For friendly dogs, the trainer structures the group's activities to avoid frustration (no watching other dogs run, no two dogs get to wrestle, etc.). For mildly reactive dogs, simply being *near* other dogs without reacting is a huge win. Progress is measured in calmness, not proximity or interaction.

### How pack walks go wrong

On the flip side, pack walks can easily backfire when:

1. **Dogs are over threshold**  
If a dog is already stressed, adding more dogs and stimulation can reinforce reactivity instead of reducing it.
2. **Pressure for dogs to "behave"**  
Suppressing behavior isn’t the same as changing emotion. A dog that seems "calm" may still be overwhelmed internally.
3. **Handlers (and trainers!) miss early signals**  
Spend some time [learning about canine body language](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=00%5F9JPltXHI&ref=traincanine.com) before starting pack walks. Tension between dogs builds quietly with signs like stiff posture, hard staring, subtle avoidance. Ignoring these signs can lead to bigger reactions later on.
4. **The outing is focused on performance**  
If the focus is on how the walk looks rather than how the dogs feel, the training value drops quickly. Dogs who are nervous may become more so; dogs who feel emboldened to react may progress to nipping or fighting.

### The real value in pack walks: Neutrality, not sociability

One thing most professional dog trainers know that those new to dog behavior may not:

Most dogs don’t need to be friends with other dogs. They need to be calm and [relaxed](https://www.traincanine.com/how-to-tell-if-your-dog-is-relaxed-body-language-and-signs/) in their presence.

Pack walks, when done correctly, teach dogs that other dogs can exist in their environment without being a threat, a trigger, or an invitation. This a foundational life skill that benefits all dogs.

![A husky and a German shepherd mix have a toothsome exchange during a pack walk](https://storage.ghost.io/c/8e/39/8e39a9e9-cb69-43e0-9ad9-7b83467424a6/content/images/2026/03/pw2AdobeStock_340601143.jpg)

Observing your dog's body language and making sure appropriate distance is maintained make for fun pack walks for all involved.

### So… are pack walks worth it?

With the right leadership and structure in place, they can be!

But pack walks are not a substitute for individualized training or behavior modification. You can think of them as a **supporting tool**, not the entire solution.

If you’re considering joining a regular pack walk, ask:

- Are the walks led by a trainer certified in positive-reinforcement based training? (No e-collars, prong collars, etc.)
- Is the group structured and controlled?
- Do the handlers prioritize emotional state over appearance?
- Is my dog ready for this level of exposure?

Because the difference between helpful and harmful is all in the execution and in paying attention to each dog as an individual. 

### Determining the purpose of pack walks

Done correctly, pack walks are **about** [**helping dogs feel safe, regulated, and capable**](https://ahimsadogtraining.com/packwalks/?ref=traincanine.com) **in the presence of others.** This means working with an experienced trainer or animal behavior consultant who understands and can teach you about dog body language, behavior thresholds, how to properly use [negative reinforcement](https://www.teachingclicks.com/p/pros-cons-negative-reinforcement-learning?ref=traincanine.com) for reactive behavior, using interventions like [differential reinforcement](https://dognosticseducation.com/differential-reinforcement-an-alternative-to-punishment/?ref=traincanine.com) and positive reinforcement to teach new skills, handling tactics, and so on.
### When training isn’t enough: The skill gap most dog professionals eventually face
URL: https://www.traincanine.com/when-training-isnt-enough-the-skill-gap-most-dog-professionals-eventually-face/
Last updated: 2026-06-26T13:35:53.000Z
*Updated June 26, 2026*

If your usual training plans stop working, the issue may not be your skill as a trainer. Some cases require behavior consulting skills: identifying the function of behavior, evaluating risk, understanding context, and building a systematic plan instead of relying on training tactics alone. This article explains the difference between dog training and behavior consulting, why complex cases feel harder, and how trainers can decide what kind of education or support they need next.

### What is the difference between dog training and behavior consulting?

Dog training focuses on teaching skills and changing specific behaviors through planned learning. Behavior consulting looks more broadly at why behavior is happening, what function it serves for the dog, what risks are involved, and what environmental or human factors need to change. Training is often part of behavior consulting, but consulting requires a more systematic assessment process.

When you’ve worked with dogs long enough, you'll stop being surprised most of the time. And then, a dog comes in who doesn’t fit the patterns you know. You try the training tactics that usually work; you slow things down. You adjust the skill level of the task for the client or for the dog. You lean on your experience, remembering how 100 other dogs responded perfectly to the exact things you're doing now. And still, something feels off or isn't working. Maybe the dog's behavior isn’t improving in the way you expect, or the situation feels like more than a “training problem.”

For many of us, this can be a sign that our work is evolving.

Most people who have long-term success in the field of dog training and behavior have expertise: We can read dogs. We notice changes in body language. We know how to set up sessions that are productive and help the dog feel at ease. We have probably handled dogs who show signs of fear, frustration, and reactivity. We may even have resolved more complex issues, like resource guarding or stranger aggression.

But eventually, many professional dog trainers run into cases where training alone doesn’t feel like it's getting the job done.

That gap can feel uncomfortable. Sometimes it feels like being back at the beginning, even after years of experience. It can be easy to wonder if you should know more by now.

If this has happened to you, don't fret! This is a common and very normal place to land.

![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/8e/39/8e39a9e9-cb69-43e0-9ad9-7b83467424a6/content/images/2026/01/AdobeStock_8631387.jpg)

### Training skills and behavior consulting skills are not the same thing

Training skills are super-important and can't be glossed over to be a successful behavior consultant. We need to be able to teach dogs new skills and set up clear communication between dogs and their people. We will always be better behavior consultants when we work to be excellent trainers. But behavior consulting asks a different kind of question than dog training.

Training often focuses on helping the dog learn how to co-exist peacefully in a household, neighborhood and community. Behavior consulting looks at why the dog is doing what they’re doing in the first place, and how to best close the gap between a client's expectations and the dog's behavior.

For example, teaching a dog to settle on a mat is a training skill. Understanding why a dog cannot settle in a specific home, with specific people, at specific times of day, is consulting-level thinking. The behavior might look the same on the surface, but the work underneath is different.

Consulting skills involve holding lots of information at once, like the dog’s emotional state, the environment, the people or other animals involved. Consultants also need to pay attention to what choices are available to the dog, the risks if things go wrong and the limits of what is realistic right now.

None of this replaces training, but behavior consultants follow a specific process rather than relying mainly on a "feel," which most great trainers have in spades.Many pro trainers hit trouble when they try to solve consulting-level problems with training tools alone. This isn't because they aren't competent trainers; it's because the question has changed.

### Dog training vs. behavior consulting: the practical difference

**Dog training teaches skills.** It focuses on what the dog should do: walk on a loose leash, come when called, settle on a mat, greet people politely, or respond to clear cues.

**Behavior consulting looks at function and context.** It asks why the behavior is happening, what the dog may be trying to get or avoid, what patterns are maintaining the behavior, and what needs to change before training can work.

That difference matters most when a case involves fear, stress, reactivity, aggression, guarding, panic, biting, sudden behavior change, or a dog who is not improving with a reasonable training plan.

**A simple way to tell the difference:** if the main question is “What should we teach the dog to do?” the case may be a training case. If the main question is “Why is this behavior happening, what risk is involved, and what conditions need to change?” the case has moved into behavior consulting.

### Complexity is the name of the game

Most professional trainers don’t wake up one day and decide to work with complex behavior cases. We're usually called into them! It might start with a dog who snaps during handling at the groomer's, or a daycare dog who seems fine most days but then suddenly is having trouble getting along with other dogs there. Or it may be a shelter dog whose behavior shifts once they settle into a new home. Sometimes we have a training client whose dog improves in class, but the client struggles with the dog at home.

At first, these situations often look like skill or information gaps – maybe you just need a better training protocol? Maybe you didn’t set things up well enough? Maybe you’re missing a piece of information?

Sometimes those things are true. But more often, the issue isn’t missing knowledge, it’s that the situation involves layers that training alone doesn’t address.Fear, anxiety, and aggression are about patterns over time, understanding the environmental antecedents, the consequences, motivating operations and the animal's learning history. We need to consider these factors in a methodical way to change the dog's behavior.

When cases get more complex, progress is often slower and less predictable. This can be hard for professionals who are used to seeing clear results from good training.

![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/8e/39/8e39a9e9-cb69-43e0-9ad9-7b83467424a6/content/images/2026/01/AdobeStock_254847338.jpg)

### Function, risk, and context: Why these matter when changing behavior

When behavior consultants talk about function, they’re really talking about purpose, or the "why" behind the behavior. What does the behavior accomplish for the dog?

For example, a growl might create distance. Freezing might buy the dog time with a favorite toy. Avoidance might prevent something scary from happening. These behaviors aren’t random or spiteful – they’re doing something important for the dog in that moment.

Risk is about what could happen if the behavior escalates or continues. Not just to people, but to the dog. Loss of housing. Restricted access to care. Increased stress. Hard decisions made under pressure.Context is everything around the behavior. Where it happens. Who is present. What happened just before. What usually happens next. The same dog can behave very differently in different contexts, and that matters.None of this requires diagnosing or labeling. It requires curiosity and restraint. It asks you to slow down and look at the whole picture, even when that picture is messy.

### If you're feeling frustrated, you're ready to learn

Feeling stuck as a dog trainer can bring up a lot of feelings: Frustration, doubt, even disappointment for the work feeling harder or less enjoyable than it used to.Most of us as dog professionals are used to feeling competent. You’re often the calm one in the room. When that confidence wobbles, it can feel personal.

There’s also pressure to perform, not only from clients but perhaps your community as well. When you’re working in environments like shelters, daycares, or grooming salons, the stakes can feel especially high.

But remember: struggling with complex behavior cases does not mean you’re doing something wrong. It just means you’re seeing the situation clearly and you're taking the dog's behavior seriously.

Want a structured next step? Sarah Filipiak’s APDTI certificate course, [****Expanding Your Career to Dog Behavior Consulting**](https://www.pathlms.com/apdt/courses/232486?ref=traincanine.com), is designed for trainers who are ready to understand the career path, the consulting process, and the skills involved in assessing and addressing behavior problems. Registration is open now!

[Register today ](https://www.pathlms.com/apdt/courses/232486?ref=traincanine.com) 

### Ethics shift as complexity increases

As cases get more complex, ethical responsibility grows too. Consulting-level thinking includes knowing when a situation is outside your current role or scope, and when to call in help in the form of colleagues, a mentor, or a veterinary behaviorist.

Responsibility also includes respecting the limits of dogs and humans. Not every environment can be made safe enough and not every family can meet every dog's needs. Recognizing those limits can be painful, but it’s part of ethical work that takes practice and study to develop.

![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/8e/39/8e39a9e9-cb69-43e0-9ad9-7b83467424a6/content/images/2026/01/AdobeStock_94881671.jpg)

## Frequently asked questions about dog training and behavior consulting

**What is the difference between dog training and behavior consulting?**Dog training focuses on teaching skills and behaviors, such as leash walking, recall, polite greetings, or settling on cue. Behavior consulting looks more broadly at why a behavior is happening, what function it serves, what risks are involved, and what needs to change before training can work.

**When is dog training not enough?**  
Dog training may not be enough when a case involves fear, stress, reactivity, aggression, guarding, panic, biting, sudden behavior change, or a dog who is not improving with a reasonable training plan. In those cases, the issue may require expert assessment, safety planning, and a behavior-change strategy.

**What skills do dog trainers need for behavior consulting?**  
Dog trainers who want to move into behavior consulting need skills beyond teaching cues. They need to understand functional assessment, body language, trigger patterns, safety planning, client coaching, behavior-change procedures, and when to refer to another qualified professional.

**Do dog trainers need to become behavior consultants?**  
No. Many excellent trainers focus on manners, sport skills, puppy training, cooperative care, or other skill-based work. But trainers who regularly take cases involving fear, aggression, reactivity, or bite risk need behavior consulting skills or a strong referral network.

**When should a dog trainer refer a case?**  
A dog trainer should refer when the case involves significant fear, aggression, bites, panic, sudden behavior change, possible pain or illness, medication questions, legal concerns, or safety risks beyond their experience. Referral is not failure; it is part of working responsibly.

**Can training still be part of behavior consulting?**  
Yes. Training is often part of behavior consulting, but it is not the whole process. In behavior consulting, training is usually one piece of a larger plan that may also include management, environmental changes, safety steps, client coaching, and referral when needed.

### Taking the next step towards behavior consulting is easier than you think

Developing behavior consulting skills has one main requirement: expanding how you think.

Many dog training professionals make this shift to behavior consulting gradually. They start asking different questions, and they learn to tolerate uncertainty a little better. They become more comfortable saying “Let me find out.” They learn a systematic process for changing behavior and rely less on solutions they used to reach for without thinking much about the problem.

Behavior consulting done well feels less about fixing behavior and more about understanding the animal and the client. If you’re noticing that training alone doesn’t always feel like enough for your cases anymore, it's time to build on your skills and get ready for a more satisfying, more nuanced way of working with dogs and the people who care for them.

The good news is there are many paths to learning animal behavior consulting! Scroll down to for a guide below to get started.

## Where to Find Animal Behavior Consulting Education

A list for the curious

Dog trainers ready to move into behavior consulting can combine structured courses with ongoing reading and CEU-style offerings from professional organizations like the [IAABC](https://www.iaabc.org/?ref=traincanine.com), [CCPDT](https://www.ccpdt.org/?ref=traincanine.com), and [IAABC Foundation](https://www.iaabcfoundation.org/?ref=traincanine.com).

![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/8e/39/8e39a9e9-cb69-43e0-9ad9-7b83467424a6/content/images/2026/01/sm_AdobeStock_458931779.jpg)

## Articles to understand dog behavior consulting, certification, and applied behavior analysis

- [What is the ABA model of behavior change?](https://www.traincanine.com/what-is-the-aba-model-of-behavior-change/) – Walks trainers through using applied behavior analysis as a practical mental model for behavior change, comparing ABA with instinct, temperament, and cognitive models, and showing how to analyze antecedent–behavior–consequence to build cleaner behavior plans.​
- [Animal Behavior Consulting 101 Part 1: What is an Animal Behavior Consultant?](https://iaabc.org/blogs/animal-behavior-consulting-101-part-1-what-is-an-animal-behavior-consultant?ref=traincanine.com) – Defines what consultants do beyond basic training, outlines how they assess cases and design behavior plans, and helps trainers decide whether consulting is the right next step.​
- [Animal Behavior Consulting 101 Part 2: What is Certification?](https://iaabc.org/en/resources?ref=traincanine.com) – Explains what IAABC certification is, how the process works, and why certification matters for scope of practice, standards, and client trust, giving readers a concrete picture of “what comes after” advanced education.​
- [How becoming an IAABC Certified Behavior Consultant can help your business](https://iaabc.org/en/blogs/how-becoming-an-iaabc-certified-consultant-can-help-your-business?ref=traincanine.com) – A business‑focused “how this works in real life” piece that connects certification to referral flow, perceived expertise, pricing, and long‑term sustainability of a behavior consulting practice.​
- [IAABC Recommended Reading](https://iaabc.org/en/resources?ref=traincanine.com) – Curated resource list organized by general behavior plus dog, cat, and other species, including titles such as “Ethics for Behavior Analysts,” “Learning and Behavior,” and species‑specific behavior texts to support credential preparation and consulting practice.​

## IAABC Foundation courses for aspiring dog behavior consultants

- [Beginning Behavior Consulting Mentorship](https://iaabcfoundation.org/courses/beginning-behavior-consulting-mentorship-with-sarah-filipiak/?ref=traincanine.com) – An 8‑week, CEU‑eligible small‑group mentorship with weekly live meetings, focused on foundational ABA concepts, functional assessment, behavior plan writing, and real‑case troubleshooting for issues like aggression, reactivity, resource guarding, and separation anxiety.​
- [Animal Behavior Consulting: Principles & Practice](https://iaabc.org/en/resources?ref=traincanine.com) – A 12‑week, multi‑module course covering learning science, functional analysis, intervention design, ethology, welfare, case studies, and the “human side” of consulting, with weekly mentor meetings and contributions from more than 20 subject‑matter experts.​
- [Fundamentals of Animal Behavior and Learning](https://online.une.edu/continuing-education/professional-certificates/introduction-to-animal-behavior/?ref=traincanine.com) – A 4‑week online course that teaches core behavioral science concepts (conditioning, reinforcement, environmental variables), uses weekly readings with guides, and culminates in a final project analyzing real‑world training materials.​
- [Professional Dog Training: Science & Application](https://iaabcfoundation.org/courses/professional-dog-training-science-application/?ref=traincanine.com) – A 5-month online course that focuses specifically on professional dog training skills grounded in learning theory and is positioned as a next step for trainers who want to deepen the science and application side of their work.​

## Association of Professional Dog Trainers International courses on dog behavior consulting

- [**Dog Training 201: Building Strong Skills, Plans & Client Relationships**](https://www.pathlms.com/apdt/courses/75230?ref=traincanine.com) – A 6-week, instructor-led certificate course that bridges the gap between dog training and behavior consulting. Learn how to create structured training plans, troubleshoot behavior challenges with confidence, and improve client communication to keep them engaged and committed. [Sign up to be notified about the next start date](https://www.traincanine.com/#/portal/signup).
- [**Expanding Your Career to Dog Behavior Consulting**](https://www.pathlms.com/apdt/courses/232486?ref=traincanine.com) – A 6-week course covering what you need to know to pursue dog behavior consulting as a career path. Includes three bonus live presentations on topics specific to dog behavior consulting, including aggression, separation anxiety, and fear/phobic behaviors.

## Resources from the Certification Council for Professional Dog Trainers

- [How to become a certified dog behavior consultant](https://www.ccpdt.org/certification/dog-behavior-consultant/?ref=traincanine.com) – Outlines eligibility (hours in canine behavior consulting, case types such as fear and aggression, attestation, and ethics requirements), and helps trainers map MOOC and formal coursework into a certification pathway.​
- [Approved CEU Events](https://idcec.org/Pages/Forms/Public/CourseSearch/coursesearch.aspx?stype=list&ref=traincanine.com) – Searchable list of online and in‑person CEU events and courses; many offerings focus on behavior consulting topics like treatment planning, psychopharmacology, and reactivity, and can double as advanced education while maintaining certification.​

## University and MOOC‑style courses

- [Animal Behaviour and Welfare](https://www.coursera.org/learn/animal-welfare?ref=traincanine.com) (University of Edinburgh on Coursera) – Introductory MOOC covering animal welfare concepts, behaviour assessment, and using behaviour and physiology to evaluate welfare, with a companion‑animal module that helps trainers think more critically about welfare in behavior cases.​
- [B.S. in Animal and Poultry Sciences](https://sas.vt.edu/academics/undergraduate-hub/undergraduate-program.html?ref=traincanine.com)(Virginia Tech) includes a behavior‑focused option separate from the pre‑vet track. This behavior option lets students concentrate on animal welfare and behavior, with the chance to focus on companion/lab animals, equine, livestock, or poultry.
- [Certificate in Applied Animal Behavior](https://www.pce.uw.edu/certificates/applied-animal-behavior?ref=traincanine.com) (University of Washington) – Three‑course online certificate covering evolutionary theory, learning theory, and applied behavior for companion animals, aimed at professionals who want to assess, prevent, and address behavior problems using science‑based methods.​
- [Clinical Animal Behaviour (Online Learning) MSc](https://study.ed.ac.uk/programmes/postgraduate-taught/911-clinical-animal-behaviour-online-learning?ref=traincanine.com) (University of Edinburgh) – Fully online postgraduate program in clinical animal behaviour, validated by CCAB Certification Ltd, that gives an in‑depth academic route for trainers planning to specialize in behavior consulting.​
- [Dog Behavior: Problems and Solutions](https://courses.cpe.asu.edu/browse/edx/courses/edx-dog-mooc?ref=traincanine.com) (Arizona State University on edX) – University‑level course specifically on canine behavior problems, functional analysis, reinforcement, and critical evaluation of different training methods, designed for trainers and behaviorists.​
- [Online Graduate Programs in Animal Welfare & Behavior](https://www.vet.upenn.edu/programs/graduate-awb/?ref=traincanine.com) (University of Pennsylvania) – Online graduate certificate and MSc programs emphasizing evidence‑based animal welfare and behavior, with core courses in welfare science, behavior assessment, and applied solutions for welfare challenges across species.​

Not sure where to start? Ask one question: Are you missing concepts, a process, or a pathway? If you feel shaky on *why* behavior happens or how to analyze it, start with the ABA and behavior consulting articles and the recommended reading lists. If you understand the concepts but struggle to organize real cases, look first at mentorships and practice-focused courses. If you already do the work and want clearer scope, standards, or referral credibility, focus on certification pathways and CEU offerings.

## Remember...

- You don’t need to know everything to help people with their dogs—you just need the right information at the right level.
- Choose resources the same way you choose interventions: based on risk, context, and what actually needs to change.
- Use what fits the cases you’re seeing. You can always come back and learn more later on!

![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/8e/39/8e39a9e9-cb69-43e0-9ad9-7b83467424a6/content/images/2026/01/sm_AdobeStock_328278636-copy.jpg)
### What is a poisoned cue in dog training?
URL: https://www.traincanine.com/what-is-a-poisoned-cue-in-dog-training/
Last updated: 2026-08-18T19:28:22.000Z
You’re at the park. Your dog is sniffing around, loose and happy, and you call, “Come!”

Nothing.

You call again; then you call louder. When your dog finally comes over, you clip on the leash, leave the park, and head home.

From your dog’s point of view, “come” may start to predict the end of a good thing. Dogs learn the whole context of a scene—our tone, body language, location, and what usually happens next. If that scene repeatedly leads to an unpleasant experience for the dog, the word (or cue) can lose its appeal. Trainers call this phenomenon a "poisoned cue."

A cue is a word, signal, or movement that tells a dog an opportunity to do a learned behavior is available. “Sit,” “touch,” and “come” are common verbal cues. A *poisoned* cue is one that has picked up an unpleasant, confusing, or unreliable association for the dog. When [the same cue predicts both reinforcement and correction](https://clickertraining.com/poisoned-cues-why-clicking-and-correction-dont-mix/?ref=traincanine.com), the dog can become hesitant or reluctant to respond.

## How does a cue get poisoned?

Sometimes it happens when we repeat a cue after the dog has not responded.

“Sit. Sit. Sit! SIT!”

The dog may learn that the first few repetitions do not mean much, or may not understand what changed in the environment. Random repetition can [turn your previously clear signal into something the dog avoids or ignores](https://www.akc.org/expert-advice/training/poisoned-cues-what-they-are-and-what-to-do/?ref=traincanine.com).

A cue can also become loaded with frustration. If you say “down” and then follow that with a sharp leash correction, a raised voice, or pressure the dog doesn't like, the dog may begin to hesitate when they hear the word. The cue has begun to predict an outcome the dog would rather avoid.

Then there are cues that reliably end something the dog really likes. Recall is a familiar example. If “come” always means the walk is over, play with another dog stops, or access to an interesting smell disappears, a dog has every reason to pause before responding.

## What does a poisoned cue look like?

A dog with a poisoned cue may respond more slowly to the cue than they once did. They may look away, drift off, crouch, hide, or seem to have suddenly developed selective hearing when the cue is used. Some dogs show [more obvious stress signals](https://www.traincanine.com/is-my-dog-stressed-spot-the-signs-of-stress-in-dogs/), such as lip licking, yawning, or tension in their body.

These signs don't always mean cue has been poisoned. A dog could be distracted, tired, undertrained for the situation, uncomfortable, or not feeling well. Sometimes sudden changes in behavior deserve attention, particularly when pain, fear, aggression, or avoidance is involved. A veterinarian or qualified behavior professional can help sort out what is going on.

## How to rebuild a word-based cue

First, stop testing the cue in situations where your dog is likely to miss it. If your dog cannot come away from squirrels at the park yet, avoid calling “come” there while you rebuild the skill.

Practice in a low-distraction space where your dog can succeed. For recall, begin a few steps away. Say the cue once, then reward the dog generously when they reach you. Food, a favorite toy, praise, or a return to sniffing can all be worthwhile rewards, depending on the dog.

For recall, build in plenty of “come, reward, go play” repetitions. Call your dog, reward them, then release them back to the interesting thing they were doing. Your dog learns that responding does not always end the fun.

If the old word you used as a cue carries a long history, start over. You might use “here,” a whistle, or another cue that nobody in the household has been repeating or pairing with frustration. You can teach it as though it is brand new.

## How to protect the cues you have

Make sure to give a cue only once, when you are likely to be able to follow it up with something fun for the dog. Make your cue easier for the dog to do successfully before asking for it in a harder setting. Reinforce responses often enough that your dog still has a reason to listen.

It also helps when everyone around the dog uses the same cue in the same way. A household where one person says “off,” another says “down,” and a third repeats both words ten times can make learning harder than it needs to be.

A poisoned cue is information about a dog’s learning history. It gives you a chance to make the next repetition clearer, safer, and worth answering. Something to think about every time you train!
### Puppy house-training checklist
URL: https://www.traincanine.com/puppy-house-training-checklist/
Last updated: 2026-06-09T18:17:08.000Z
Puppy potty accidents are frustrating, but they usually are not a sign that your puppy is stubborn, spiteful, or “not getting it.” Most indoor accidents happen because the routine needs adjusting: potty timing, supervision, indoor freedom, cleanup, confinement, or household consistency.

Use this checklist to reset the plan. It will help you look at when accidents are happening, what your puppy is doing before they happen, how much freedom your puppy has indoors, and whether everyone in the household is following the same routine.

This resource is for new puppy families, serious dog enthusiasts, and dog-training students who want a practical way to troubleshoot house training without turning every accident into a crisis.

_This post is for subscribers only._
### My puppy keeps peeing indoors: What to do
URL: https://www.traincanine.com/puppy-peeing-indoors-solutions-and-tips/
Last updated: 2026-06-09T18:39:08.000Z
*Updated June 9, 2026*

It’s happened again. You took your puppy out to potty, and instead of peeing, she got the zoomies, nipping at your pants and acting like she didn’t have a care in the world. After deciding she probably didn’t have to go, you headed back inside. Then bam—right there on your favorite rug—a fresh puddle of pee. Now what?

If your puppy pees indoors after being outside, the problem is usually not stubbornness. Most of the time, your puppy either got distracted outside, did not fully empty their bladder, felt safer indoors, had too much freedom too soon, or needs a more predictable potty routine.

If this scenario feels all too familiar, know that you’re not alone. Struggling with potty training is a normal part of raising a puppy, and it’s not a reflection of your skills or how much you love your pup. The good news? There are effective strategies to guide your puppy toward outdoor potty success. Here’s a step-by-step plan that will have you and your pup on the same page in no time.

**The short answer:** take your puppy out more often than you think you need to, reward outdoor pottying immediately, supervise closely indoors, use a crate, pen, leash, or baby gates to prevent wandering accidents, and clean every accident with an enzymatic cleaner. If accidents start suddenly, happen very frequently, happen in the crate, or come with excessive drinking, discomfort, or changes in appetite or energy, check with your veterinarian before assuming it is a training problem.

### Why is my puppy peeing indoors after being outside?

Puppies are like toddlers exploring the world for the first time. The outdoors can be full of distractions—new sights, sounds, and smells can make it hard for them to focus on their potty task. In contrast, the cozy indoor environment feels familiar and safe. That’s why your puppy might hold it until they’re back inside, even if they genuinely needed to go while outdoors.

Some puppies get frantic, bitey, or wild when they need to potty, especially when they are overtired or overstimulated. This is one reason a puppy may suddenly start [acting like a monster](https://www.traincanine.com/7-reasons-your-puppy-is-acting-like-a-monster/).

![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/8e/39/8e39a9e9-cb69-43e0-9ad9-7b83467424a6/content/images/2026/06/puppy-house-training-header-image.jpeg) 

#### Get the free puppy house-training checklist

If your puppy keeps having accidents indoors, the next step is to look for the pattern. Use this free checklist to review potty timing, indoor supervision, cleanup, crate or pen setup, and household consistency.

[Get the checklist](https://www.traincanine.com/puppy-house-training-checklist/) 

### Step 1: Rule out health issues

If your puppy has been reliably going outside and suddenly starts having accidents indoors, a health issue could be the culprit. Urinary tract infections (UTIs), for example, are common in young dogs and can lead to frequent accidents. Schedule a vet visit to rule out medical problems before focusing solely on training solutions.

### Step 2: Master the timing of potty breaks

Puppies need to go potty more often than you might think. A good rule of thumb is that puppies can typically hold their bladder for about one hour per month of age, plus one. So, a three-month-old puppy might need to go every four hours—but this can vary by size, activity level, and recent events.

To set your puppy up for success, take them outside after:

- Waking up (even from a short nap)
- Eating or drinking
- Playing for 5–15 minutes
- Cuddling or lounging for more than 30 minutes
- Spending time in their crate

Being proactive with potty breaks reduces the chance of accidents.

If your puppy is having accidents during the [workday](https://www.traincanine.com/10-ideas-for-what-to-do-with-your-puppy-while-youre-at-work/), the real issue may be the daily setup. See this guide to what to do with your puppy while you’re at work for help building a realistic routine around potty breaks, rest, confinement, and enrichment.

> [@traincanine](https://www.tiktok.com/@traincanine?refer=embed&ref=traincanine.com "@traincanine") 
> 
> Teaching your puppy to potty outdoors involves patience, consistency, and a whole lot of treats. 🐾✨ Stick with it, and those indoor accidents will be a thing of the past! Follow for more tips to make puppy training easier (and less messy). [#puppytraining](https://www.tiktok.com/tag/puppytraining?refer=embed&ref=traincanine.com "puppytraining") [#pottytrainingtips](https://www.tiktok.com/tag/pottytrainingtips?refer=embed&ref=traincanine.com "pottytrainingtips") [#newpuppy](https://www.tiktok.com/tag/newpuppy?refer=embed&ref=traincanine.com "newpuppy")
> 
> [♬ original sound - traincanine - traincanine](https://www.tiktok.com/music/original-sound-traincanine-7439479274077195054?refer=embed&ref=traincanine.com "♬ original sound - traincanine - traincanine") 

### Step 3: Build positive associations with being outside

For puppies who are nervous or distracted outdoors, spending quality time outside beyond potty breaks can help. Play games, provide treats, and encourage exploration so your puppy feels safe and confident. The more they enjoy being outdoors, the more likely they’ll be to potty there.

### Step 4: Build an outdoor potty routine (Hint: Cheese helps!)

Consistency is the cornerstone of successful potty training. Establishing a routine not only helps your puppy understand what’s expected, but it also makes the process more predictable for you. Here’s how:

1. **Celebrate every success:** When your puppy potties outdoors, make it a party! Bring high-value treats like small bites of cheese or chicken and reward them immediately after they finish. Pair this with enthusiastic praise so they associate outdoor pottying with positive outcomes.
2. **Be patient:** If your puppy doesn’t go within two minutes of being outside, bring them back in and set a timer for five minutes. Keep them close—on a leash, beside you, or in their crate—and take them out again when the timer buzzes. Repeat this cycle until they potty.
3. **Use a cue:** Over time, introduce a verbal cue like “go potty” as they start to pee or poop. This helps them connect the action with the command, making it easier for you to communicate in the future.

## ****Want to understand the plans behind puppy training?**

Puppy accidents are easier to solve when you start looking at your routine: timing, supervision, rewards, cleanup, and household consistency.  
  
Train Canine helps new puppy families, serious dog enthusiasts, and dog-training students build clearer training plans for real-life behavior problems.

Keep learning 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. Unsubscribe anytime.

### Step 5: Manage your puppy indoors like a pro

Accidents indoors are inevitable during the early stages of training, but you can minimize their impact by creating a puppy-friendly environment:

- **Set up safe zones:** Designate areas where your puppy can roam freely without risking damage to expensive rugs or furniture. Use baby gates, playpens, or closed doors to confine their access.
- **Umbilical training:** Attach your puppy’s leash to your belt to keep them near you at all times. This allows you to catch their pre-potty signals (sniffing, circling, or whining) and redirect them outdoors.
- **Clean up calmly:** When accidents happen, use an enzymatic cleaner to eliminate lingering odors that could attract your puppy to the same spot. Keep designated dog towels on hand for quick cleanups. Avoid scolding your puppy—cleaning up calmly keeps the house training process stress-free for both of you.

### Step 6: Slowly give your puppy freedom in the house

Your puppy isn’t ready to roam the whole house just yet. Gradually increase their access to new areas as they demonstrate consistent potty training success. Start with one room, supervise closely, and expand their territory over time as they get older.

### Step 7: Translate your puppy's signals into success

Learn to recognize your puppy’s subtle “I need to go” signals, such as:

- Sniffing the ground
- Circling a spot
- Pausing play suddenly
- Heading toward the door

Once you’ve identified these behaviors, encourage your puppy to use clearer signals, like sitting by the door or ringing a bell, by rewarding them for showing these cues.

### Step 8: Train the people, too

If you’re not the only one caring for your puppy, make sure everyone in your household is on the same page. Share these potty training steps and emphasize consistency. Whether it’s a partner, roommate, or pet sitter, aligned efforts will accelerate your puppy’s progress.

![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/8e/39/8e39a9e9-cb69-43e0-9ad9-7b83467424a6/content/images/2024/11/puppy-beatrix-kitchen.jpg)

## The training plan behind puppy house training

House training works best when you stop thinking of each accident as a separate disaster and start looking for the pattern.

A good puppy house-training plan answers five questions:

1. Where is your puppy when you cannot watch them closely?
2. How often are you taking them out after sleep, meals, play, water, and crate time?
3. What happens immediately after they pee or poop outside?
4. What do you do when they do not go outside?
5. How does everyone in the household follow the same routine?

This matters because puppies do not learn “outside is the bathroom” from one successful potty trip. They learn through repetition to prefer outdoor surfaces to indoor ones: same setup, same timing, same reward, fewer chances to practice the wrong behavior indoors.

For serious dog enthusiasts and dog-training students, this is also a useful example of how training plans work. The answer is not just “reward the puppy.” The answer is to change the antecedents, manage the environment, reinforce the behavior you want, and adjust the plan when need be.

## Troubleshooting: Common puppy house training hurdles

House training problems usually come down to a pattern: timing, supervision, comfort outside, cleanup, medical needs, or household consistency. Use the troubleshooting tips below to find the pattern that best matches what is happening with your puppy.

### 1\. **My puppy refuses to go potty outside**

This is a common problem, especially for puppies who are new to outdoor life or those dealing with distractions or fears. Here’s how to help:

#### Solutions:

- **Reduce distractions**: Choose a quiet area for potty breaks, away from heavy foot traffic, barking dogs, or loud noises. Over time, your puppy will become more confident in busier environments.
- **Comfort first**: If it’s cold, wet, or dark outside, ensure your puppy is comfortable. Invest in a warm coat or umbrella and clear a small patch of grass or pavement to make it more inviting.
- **Extend time outside**: Puppies often need time to adjust to being outdoors. Spend extra time during non-potty breaks walking together and feeding treats, letting them sniff and explore, or playing fun games like tug.
- **Reward the behavior you want**: Always have treats on hand to celebrate outdoor pottying. Use high-value rewards (like small pieces of chicken or cheese) to make it worth their while.

### 2\. **My puppy has accidents right after coming inside**

If your puppy seems to hold it until they’re back indoors, they might feel safer or more comfortable in their familiar environment.

#### Solutions:

- **Shorter outdoor stints**: Rather than staying outside for long periods hoping they’ll go, bring your puppy out frequently for shorter breaks.
- **Transition gradually**: If your puppy pees inside after being out, keep them leashed inside and supervise closely. Take them out again after five minutes using the timer method.
- **Practice patience**: Puppies sometimes need multiple trips outside to fully empty their bladder. Be patient and allow them to relieve themselves more than once during a single outing.

### 3\. **My puppy pees in her crate**

A puppy’s crate is meant to be their safe, clean space, so peeing inside it isn't what we want! Sometimes it can signal a health issue.

#### Solutions:

- **Right-sized crate**: Ensure the crate is just big enough for your puppy to lie down and turn around. If it’s too large, they might use one end as a bathroom.
- **Increase potty breaks**: Puppies under four months old often need to go out every 2–3 hours. Set an alarm for nighttime potty breaks if needed. (Read more about your puppy’s [first night home](https://www.traincanine.com/your-puppys-first-night-home/).)
- **Wipe down the crate**: If your puppy has an accidents in their crate, clean it thoroughly with an enzymatic cleaner to remove lingering smells.
- **Watch their diet and water intake**: Avoid feeding or giving water right before bedtime to minimize nighttime accidents.
- **Consult your vet:** Check in with your veterinarian if the crate accidents start suddenly after your puppy has been going for stretches without problems. There could be an underlying physical concern.

### 4\. **My puppy doesn’t signal he needs to go**

Some puppies don’t naturally alert their owners when they need a potty break, leaving you guessing.

#### Solutions:

- **Train a signal**: Teach your puppy to use a bell or scratch pad near the door. Each time you take them outside, guide them to interact with the signal and open the door to take them out immediately.
- **Predict their needs**: Track your puppy’s potty schedule to anticipate when they’ll need to go. Consistent observation can help you spot patterns.
- **Create clear cues**: Use verbal cues like “Let’s go potty” paired with a trip to the door. Watch for sitting, pawing at the door, or nosing the door and praise your puppy for doing these things before taking them out. This can help your puppy understand that you are responsive when he asks.

> [@traincanine](https://www.tiktok.com/@traincanine?refer=embed&ref=traincanine.com "@traincanine") 
> 
> Struggling with those sleepless nights with your new pup? 🐾 Learn how to help your puppy sleep through the night with my secret training trick! 🌙 From structured playtime to a tried-and-true strategy, I’ve got the tips you need for a restful night—for both you and your furry friend. 🛌🐶 Follow for more easy and effective puppy training hacks! [#PuppySleepingThroughTheNight](https://www.tiktok.com/tag/puppysleepingthroughthenight?refer=embed&ref=traincanine.com "puppysleepingthroughthenight") [#DogTrainingTips](https://www.tiktok.com/tag/dogtrainingtips?refer=embed&ref=traincanine.com "dogtrainingtips") [#DogTrainerSecrets](https://www.tiktok.com/tag/dogtrainersecrets?refer=embed&ref=traincanine.com "dogtrainersecrets") [#PuppyHacks](https://www.tiktok.com/tag/puppyhacks?refer=embed&ref=traincanine.com "puppyhacks") [#NewPuppyLife](https://www.tiktok.com/tag/newpuppylife?refer=embed&ref=traincanine.com "newpuppylife") [#PuppyTrainingMadeEasy](https://www.tiktok.com/tag/puppytrainingmadeeasy?refer=embed&ref=traincanine.com "puppytrainingmadeeasy") [#CooperativeCare](https://www.tiktok.com/tag/cooperativecare?refer=embed&ref=traincanine.com "cooperativecare") [#creatorsearchinsights](https://www.tiktok.com/tag/creatorsearchinsights?refer=embed&ref=traincanine.com "creatorsearchinsights") 
> 
> [♬ Vlog Video work Fashionable BGM(847726) - Tsuyoshi\_san](https://www.tiktok.com/music/Vlog-Video-work-Fashionable-BGM-847726-6860515009819052033?refer=embed&ref=traincanine.com "♬ Vlog Video work Fashionable BGM(847726) - Tsuyoshi_san") 

### 5\. **Accidents despite following all the steps**

I hear your frustration! Even with a solid plan, accidents can still happen. I've lived and worked with what I thought must be some of the most difficult-to-housetrain puppies in existence. But it IS possible. Puppies are growing and learning, and setbacks are a natural part of the process. The best way to overcome them is to treat tomorrow like Day 0, and pretend it's your puppy's first day home. You wouldn't give a brand-new puppy freedom to roam the house or leave them unsupervised in a pristine room, so using the same tactics you would for a brand-new puppy can work well.

#### Solutions:

- **Limit freedom:** Use an umbilical leash tied to your waist to keep your pup close enough to watch at all times. Limit your puppy's in-house, off-leash time to 15-20 minutes in between potty breaks. As your pup becomes more trustworthy, you can increase the off-leash or unsupervised time.
- **Evaluate routine changes**: Has your puppy’s schedule, diet, or environment changed recently? Stressful events like moving or new visitors can lead to temporary regressions.
- **Check for hidden accidents**: A lingering smell from a missed accident might encourage your puppy to use the same spot again. Deep clean any areas where accidents have occurred.
- **Adjust expectations**: Puppies often have setbacks during teething phases or growth spurts. Stay consistent and patient through these developmental stages.

### 6\. **My puppy drinks excessively and has frequent accidents**

If your puppy seems to have an insatiable thirst or has accidents soon after drinking, it could indicate an underlying issue.

#### Solutions:

- **Monitor water intake**: If your puppy is prone to drinking excessively, they may not have access to fresh water often enough. Offer water at regular intervals.
- **Check with your vet**: Excessive drinking can signal health problems like UTIs or diabetes. A vet visit can rule out medical concerns.

### 7\. **Regression after progress**

You might feel like your puppy is regressing after showing significant progress. This is frustrating but not uncommon.

#### Solutions:

- **Return to basics**: Go back to a structured routine with frequent potty breaks, supervised indoor time, and rewards for outdoor pottying.
- **Be patient**: Regression is normal, especially as puppies go through developmental changes. Keep reinforcing good habits with patience and positivity.
- **Check with your vet**: If the regression feels severe or unrelenting after a long stretch of no accidents, it's worth checking with your vet to make sure your puppy is physically OK.

## Want More Puppy Training Tips Like This?

Get stress-free advice for raising a well-behaved, happy puppy⏤delivered straight to your inbox!

Yes, Send Me Tips! 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. Unsubscribe anytime.

### 8\. **Frequent accidents, despite frequent breaks**

If your puppy is having accidents despite being taken out often, the issue might lie in their bladder control or understanding of where to potty.

#### Solutions:

- **Rule out medical causes**: Frequent accidents can result from medical issues like UTIs or gastrointestinal upset. If in doubt, consult your vet.
- **Shorter intervals**: Reduce the time between potty breaks. Some puppies may need to go every 20–30 minutes during active periods.
- **Reward reset**: Reassess the value of your rewards. Are they exciting enough for your puppy? Consider using higher-value treats like bits of hot dog or cheese.

### 9\. **Puppy only goes on certain surfaces**

If your puppy prefers peeing on rugs or carpets instead of grass, they may have developed a surface preference.

#### Solutions:

- **Gradual transition**: Bring a small piece of the surface they’re used to (like a rug) outdoors to help them associate that texture with pottying outside. Gradually phase it out.
- **Encourage grass preference**: Spend extra time on grassy areas and reward your puppy every time they potty there.
- **Block off problem areas**: Limit your puppy’s access to carpeted rooms or other problem areas while they’re learning.

### 10\. **Caretakers aren’t following the routine**

If someone else is helping with your puppy’s care, miscommunication can lead to setbacks.

#### Solutions:

- **Provide clear instructions**: Share a written or visual guide of your potty training routine with all caretakers, including step-by-step actions and schedules.
- **Set expectations**: Make sure caretakers know the importance of consistency and positive reinforcement.
- **Check-in**: Ask for feedback or updates on how things went during their time with your puppy. This helps identify any gaps or missed signals.

### Don't give up!

Potty training takes time, and every puppy progresses at their own pace. When accidents happen, remember that your puppy isn’t misbehaving—they’re learning. Celebrate small wins, stay consistent, and lean on your support network (including trainers) if you need guidance.

Potty training a puppy can feel challenging, but with the right approach, you’ll set your furry friend up for success. By mastering timing, creating positive associations, and managing your indoor space wisely, you’ll build a strong foundation for lifelong good habits. And remember: Every puddle is a step closer to a fully potty-trained pup. You’ve got this!

For dog-training enthusiasts who want the deeper framework, this is also a simple example of the [ABA model of behavior change](https://www.traincanine.com/what-is-the-aba-model-of-behavior-change/): make changes to the setup before the behavior, reinforce the behavior you want, and adjust what happens afterwards when the plan is not working.
### The one thing many trainers overlook when working with reactive dogs
URL: https://www.traincanine.com/reactive-dog-training-course-teach-relaxation-skills/
Last updated: 2026-08-08T15:24:02.000Z
What's the one thing trainers tend to overlook when working with reactive dogs and their people?

👉 ****Instilling relaxation early in the behavior modification plan!**

Many trainers focus on managing reactivity by addressing triggers head-on—but without teaching relaxation, your plans might be missing a vital foundation.

Relaxation isn’t just a "nice-to-have" behavior; it’s a core skill that helps dogs build resilience, regulate emotions, and respond calmly to their environment. It’s the skill reactive dogs (and their humans!) desperately need to succeed.

## Here’s a Do’s and Don’ts Guide to adding relaxation into your training plans 👇

### ✅ DO: Teach relaxation in low-stress environments

Start in a space where your dog already feels safe—like their crate, a mat, or a quiet room. Use high-value rewards to reinforce calm behaviors, like lying down with a soft body or placing their chin on their paws.

### ❌ DON’T: Wait until a trigger shows up to work on relaxation

If relaxation isn’t practiced and reinforced beforehand, expecting a dog to stay calm around a trigger is setting them up for failure.

### ✅ DO: Use active relaxation techniques

Pair calm behaviors with cues, like “settle” or “relax,” and gradually add mild distractions to build fluency. Think of this like a “relaxation muscle” you’re strengthening over time.

### ❌ DON’T: Assume a dog will “just relax” without guidance

Relaxation is a trained behavior, not a default one—especially for reactive dogs. Build it step by step.

### ✅ DO: Use strategic antecedent arrangements

Set up scenarios to make relaxation the easiest choice. For example, use visual barriers during training sessions or increase distance from triggers.

### ❌ DON’T: Skip the foundation work

Jumping straight into counter-conditioning or desensitization without teaching relaxation first can lead to slower progress and more frustration for both you and the dog.

### ✅ DO: Reinforce calm body language regularly

Catch and reward those small, relaxed behaviors throughout the day—even when it’s not a formal training session.

### ❌ DON’T: Only reward calmness during training time

Make relaxation a part of everyday life to create lasting habits!
### Mastering reactivity: Strategies to help you confidently tackle challenging cases
URL: https://www.traincanine.com/reactive-dog-training-strategies-for-professionals/
Last updated: 2026-06-09T19:09:48.000Z
*Updated June 9, 2026*

### When reactive training cases follow you home

Picture this: a reactive dog lunges and barks during a training session. The owner’s frustration is palpable. You’ve worked tirelessly on this case, but progress feels slow. At the end of the day, you find yourself replaying the session in your head, wondering, “What could I have done differently?”

Reactivity cases are among the most challenging for dog trainers. They test your skills, your patience, and sometimes your confidence. But what if you could approach these situations with more clarity, less stress, and a plan that gets results?  
  
**Short answer:** Reactive behavior changes fastest when we stop treating the reaction as the starting point. Start earlier and change the picture. Make sure the dog gets what they want from the behavior you want.

## A practical way to think about reactivity: change the setup, not just the behavior

One of the most useful ideas from [applied behavior analysis](https://www.traincanine.com/what-is-the-aba-model-of-behavior-change/) is also one of the simplest: behavior makes more sense when we look at what happens **before** it and what happens **after** it. For reactive dogs, this can shift the trainer’s focus away from “How do I stop the barking?” and toward “What is setting this dog up to bark, lunge, or panic, and what can we change so the dog has an easier choice available?”

Reactivity often looks sudden, but it usually has a pattern: A dog sees another dog, hears a noise, notices a person moving strangely, or feels trapped by a leash. Then their body changes: they stare, stiffen, close their mouth, lean forward, scan, or try to move away. If nothing changes, the dog may bark or lunge. That reaction may create distance, make the scary thing go away, or give the dog a burst of relief. From the dog’s point of view, the behavior worked.

A helpful starting point is to ask: **How can I make this easier for the dog before I ask for better behavior?** That may mean increasing distance, changing the walking route, using a visual barrier, meeting in a quieter location, shortening the session, or positioning the dog so they can watch without feeling cornered. These changes are not “avoidance” or “management failures.” They are part of teaching. A dog who feels safer can learn. A dog who is already overwhelmed is mostly practicing survival.

Next, decide what you want the dog **to do** instead. Make it concrete and easy. “Be calm” is too vague. Better options might be: turn back to the handler, move to the side of the path, sniff the ground, hop onto a mat, take food, or walk away with the person. Pick one simple response and reward it generously when the trigger is present but still at a workable distance.

For example, if a dog notices another dog across the street and can still eat, that is information we can use. The handler can quietly mark the moment the dog looks, then offer food, scatter treats on the ground, or guide the dog into a gentle U-turn. We want the dog to feel [relaxed](https://www.traincanine.com/how-to-tell-if-your-dog-is-relaxed-body-language-and-signs/) and ready to move on, away from the trigger. The goal is to help the dog learn, “When that thing appears, I have a safe routine, and good things happen with my person.”

Client homework should be straightfoward enough that the owner can succeed on a normal day. Instead of asking them to “work on reactivity,” give them one clear task: “This week, your job is to notice your dog’s first sign of concern and create more distance before barking starts.” Or: “When your dog sees a trigger from far away, feed three treats and calmly move away.” These small wins matter because they prevent rehearsal of the big reaction and build the owner’s confidence.

### Why reactive dogs are the ultimate training challenge

Reactive behavior isn’t a one-size-fits-all problem. Each dog has unique triggers—other dogs, unfamiliar people, or even sounds like the neighbor's dog barking or car doors slamming. These cases often unfold in public settings where stakes feel high, and owners are emotionally invested.

On top of that, balancing short-term solutions with long-term behavior modification requires a nuanced approach and a lot of participation from our clients, who aren't always on board. It’s no wonder reactive cases leave many trainers feeling overwhelmed.

But here’s the truth: mastering reactivity is entirely possible, and it can set you apart as a trainer in a powerful way.

### Rethinking reactivity: 3 keys to a new approach

Reactive cases don’t have to be overwhelming. By shifting your focus and implementing a few key strategies, you can build confidence and achieve better outcomes:

**1\. Zoom in on micro-behaviors**  
Reactivity often escalates quickly, but subtle signs of stress—like lip licking, yawning, or a tense body posture—can provide early warnings. By focusing on these micro-behaviors, you can intervene before a full-blown reaction occurs.

**2\. Simplify client homework**  
Many clients feel overwhelmed by complex training plans. Assign small, manageable tasks that focus on one behavior at a time. For example, practice calm sits at increasing distances from triggers before progressing to closer interactions.

**3\. Focus on emotional states, not just behaviors**  
Reactivity isn’t just about what a dog does—it’s about how they feel. Helping a dog feel safe and calm in the presence of triggers is foundational for lasting change. Techniques like counter-conditioning and desensitization can be game-changers.

### How mastering reactivity can set you apart as a trainer

Reactive dog training is an area where true expertise shines. When you successfully guide a reactive dog and their owner through the journey from stress to calm, you’re doing more than training—you’re transforming lives.

This kind of success not only strengthens your reputation but also builds trust with your clients. Happy clients lead to referrals, glowing testimonials, and a thriving training practice.

Few things are more rewarding than seeing a once-reactive dog confidently walk beside their owner, both calm and connected.

### Practical tools for tackling reactivity: Trigger Threshold Map

One of the simplest yet most effective tools for understanding and managing reactivity is a Trigger Threshold Map.

Here’s how you can create one:

1. **Observe the dog’s triggers**  
Spend time identifying what causes reactive behaviors. Is it other dogs? Fast-moving objects? Loud noises? Write these down.
2. **Rate the trigger intensity**  
For each trigger, note how close or intense the stimulus needs to be before the dog reacts. For example, a dog might tolerate another dog 20 feet away but bark if the distance closes to 10 feet.
3. **Plot the threshold**  
Create a simple chart with distance/intensity on one axis and the dog’s reaction level (calm, alert, reactive) on the other. This visual helps you and the owner understand the dog’s comfort zones.
4. **Design gradual exposure plans**  
Use the map to plan exposure sessions that keep the dog below their threshold, pairing calm behavior with strong reinforcers to slowly reduce sensitivity to the trigger.

### **Transforming reactivity into your training strength**

Reactivity cases are challenging, but they’re also an opportunity to grow as a trainer. With the right mindset, tools, and strategies, you can turn these moments of frustration into powerful success stories—for you and your clients.
### Gentle puppy ear cleaning: A comprehensive guide for beginners
URL: https://www.traincanine.com/gentle-puppy-ear-cleaning-comprehensive-guide/
Last updated: 2024-11-01T12:22:28.000Z
Proper ear hygiene is crucial to keeping your puppy’s ears healthy and clean, but it’s easy to overlook the importance of *how* you introduce them to ear cleaning. By gradually building positive associations with ear handling, you set your puppy up for a lifetime of comfortable grooming experiences. We want to help you integrate ear cleaning into your puppy’s care routine without overwhelming your pup (or you)!

#### Need quick answers? Tap for ear cleaning FAQ

****1\. How do I get my puppy used to ear cleaning?**  
Start with small, gentle touches around the ears, followed by rewards. Gradually introduce cleaning supplies for them to smell, then work up to gentle wiping around the outer ear.

****2\. What’s the best way to start ear care for puppies?**  
Begin by creating positive associations with ear handling through gentle touches, rewards, and gradually introducing cleaning tools. Taking it step-by-step keeps them comfortable.

****3\. How often should I practice these steps with my puppy?**  
Practice the steps weekly, or even daily in short 10-15 second sessions, until your puppy is comfortable. 

![A young daschund puppy running toward the camera with ears flying](https://storage.ghost.io/c/8e/39/8e39a9e9-cb69-43e0-9ad9-7b83467424a6/content/images/2024/11/steve-smith-aeUrroZvf08-unsplash-copy.jpg)

### Why start with small steps in ear care?

For puppies, everything is new. Early experiences play a significant role in how they perceive grooming tasks, such as ear cleaning, for the rest of their lives. Behavioral science tells us that puppies respond best to routines when they are introduced gradually and positively. By breaking down ear cleaning into small, approachable steps, you make the experience enjoyable and manageable.

#### The psychology behind R+ puppy training

When training puppies, using [positive reinforcement](https://www.teachingclicks.com/p/pros-cons-positive-reinforcement-explained?ref=traincanine.com) is key. This is a reward-based method that helps shape a puppy’s behavior through the use of treats, toys, or praise. Puppies learn that a specific action results in a good outcome for them, encouraging them to repeat the action. The goal is to create positive associations with ear cleaning so that your puppy doesn’t perceive it as something to fear.

💡

****Pro Tip:** Breaking ear cleaning into small, manageable steps reduces stress for both you and your puppy. By rewarding your puppy with treats, praise, or play during each step, you make ear care a bonding experience that builds their comfort over time.

### 3 easy steps to begin gentle ear care

In this section, we’ll walk through three steps that help introduce your puppy to ear care using positive reinforcement. These steps focus on creating a stress-free experience, allowing your puppy to associate ear cleaning with comfort and rewards.

Say good-bye to ear cleaning struggles!

![An 11-week old German Shepherd puppy whose ears are just starting to stand](https://storage.ghost.io/c/8e/39/8e39a9e9-cb69-43e0-9ad9-7b83467424a6/content/images/2024/11/jabber-ears-1.jpg)

#### Step 1: Introduce gentle ear touching

The first step is to get your puppy accustomed to having their ears touched. This step is foundational because puppies need to feel comfortable with ear handling before you introduce any cleaning materials.

1. **Find a quiet space**  
Start by finding a quiet, comfortable space without distractions. Make sure you have small, tasty treats or some thick yogurt or peanut butter on a spoon to reward your puppy.
2. **Begin with light touches**  
Gently touch your puppy’s ears using light, soothing strokes. Start by lightly touching around the ear and working up to gently stroking the ear flap. Keep your hand calm and avoid any sudden movements.
3. **Watch their body language**  
Observe your puppy’s reactions closely. Signs of comfort include relaxed muscles, wagging tails, and attentive but calm behavior. If your puppy seems anxious (e.g., pulling away or flattening ears), give them a break and resume when they seem ready.
4. **Reinforce immediately**  
After each touch, offer a small treat or chest scratches and belly rubs. This immediate reward builds a positive association with the act of ear touching. Start with just a few seconds and then take a break. Repeat just a couple more times, gradually extending the time if your puppy stays calm.

💡

****Pro Tip:** Avoid touching inside the ear at this stage. Your goal is to get them comfortable with ear handling, not cleaning just yet.

#### Step 2: Show and smell the cleaning supplies

Before using any supplies, allow your puppy to see and smell them. This introduction is critical because unfamiliar items can be intimidating, especially for puppies. Familiarizing them with these tools will reduce anxiety when you start cleaning.

1. **Present the supplies**  
Gather the supplies you’ll use in future cleanings: a soft cotton ball, a damp cloth, and a pet-safe ear-cleaning solution. Let your puppy sniff the items while they’re still, avoiding any sudden or close-up motions that could startle them.
2. **Reinforce with treats**  
After they sniff or look at each item, offer a small treat. This step is about creating a sense of curiosity and safety around the supplies, ensuring they see them as part of a pleasant experience rather than something to be wary of.
3. **Use a verbal cue**  
Introduce a word or phrase that you’ll use each time you start the ear-cleaning process. Words like “good job” or “all done” paired with a reward can help them anticipate and prepare for the process, even as it becomes more involved in the future.
4. **Observe your puppy's reaction**  
Some ear-cleaning solutions have a distinctive scent that might be unfamiliar. Let your puppy sniff the bottle while it’s capped, rewarding them if they seem comfortable. This small step reduces the surprise factor when you eventually use the solution on their ears.

💡

****Pro Tip:** Practice mini-sessions daily for a week or so by making a 10- or 15-second ear check part of your morning or evening routine with your puppy.

#### Step 3: Wipe gently around the ear area

Once your puppy feels comfortable with ear handling and the cleaning supplies, you can introduce a soft wipe inside the ear flap (avoid the ear canal). This simple action removes dirt and creates a familiarity with the wiping sensation.

1. **Use a soft, damp cloth**  
Prepare a clean, soft cloth (unscented baby wipes work well) or cotton ball moistened with lukewarm water. Avoid any cleaning solution for now; plain water is gentle and will not introduce any strong smells or sensations that might be overwhelming to your puppy.
2. **Wipe inside the ear flap gently**  
Begin by wiping just the outer ear area, avoiding any deep cleaning or going into the ear canal. Use calm, slow movements, and keep your other hand steady on your puppy to provide comfort and security.
3. **Monitor your puppy's comfort level**  
Watch for [signs of discomfort](https://www.traincanine.com/is-my-dog-stressed-spot-the-signs-of-stress-in-dogs/), such as your puppy pulling away, flattening their ears, or whimpering. If you notice any of these signs, take a break and offer reassurance. Repeat the wiping process as needed until they are comfortable.
4. **Provide immediate positive reinforcement**  
After each wipe, reward your puppy with a treat, praise, or a short play session. This helps your puppy understand that the sensation of wiping is nothing to fear and can even start to become a positive experience.

💡

****Pro Tip:** Use a calm, reassuring voice throughout the process. Puppies respond well to tone, and a gentle voice helps them relax, creating a positive association with the entire experience.

### Small steps, big progress

You can make ear cleaning something your puppy looks forward to by celebrating their good behavior each time! This approach helps your puppy associate ear cleaning with rewards and pleasant interactions, making them more likely to cooperate as they grow.

![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/8e/39/8e39a9e9-cb69-43e0-9ad9-7b83467424a6/content/images/2024/11/photo_6687_20080808.jpg)

1. **Offer treats paired with praise during each session**  
When you pair treats with praise, your puppy learns to respond to the praise in a similar way as to a treat. As your puppy grows, you can use fewer treats throughout the ear cleaning session and substitute praise instead, giving a couple of treats at the end for a job well done.
2. **Establish a routine**  
Consistency is key. Try to handle your puppy’s ears at least once or twice a week so that they start to expect and feel comfortable with the process. Eventually, the ear cleaning process will become just another part of their routine, as natural as feeding time.
3. **Introduce the next steps gradually**  
As your puppy becomes comfortable with basic ear handling, you can gradually introduce more cleaning steps. For example, instead of just wiping the outer ear, you might begin using a bit of pet-safe ear cleaner on a cotton ball.
4. **Maintain a calm environment**  
Puppies are sensitive to their surroundings, so it’s essential to keep the cleaning environment calm and relaxing. Avoid loud noises, bright lights, or other pets charging through the room during the session. Keeping the environment calm helps your puppy focus and associate ear cleaning with a positive experience.
5. **Incorporate an end signal**  
Ending words like “Good job” or “All done” signal that the session is complete. These simple phrases help the puppy anticipate the end of the session, reducing anxiety and making them more cooperative in the future.

![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/8e/39/8e39a9e9-cb69-43e0-9ad9-7b83467424a6/content/images/2024/11/grooming-pattern.jpg)

### **Recommended essentials for stress-free puppy ear care**

To help you navigate your puppy's first ear care experiences, here are a few products that I like to keep on hand thanks to their quality and ease of use. These aren’t affiliate links—I just want to share products I trust and have found to be effective for beginners and seasoned pet owners alike.

- [**Vetericyn Plus Antimicrobial Pet Ear Rinse**](https://www.chewy.com/vetericyn-plus-antimicrobial-pet-ear/dp/137542?ref=traincanine.com)  
This rinse is designed to be gentle and effective, perfect for puppies new to ear cleaning. It’s antimicrobial, meaning it can help reduce bacteria, and is ideal for regular maintenance.
- [**Zymox Advanced Enzymatic Dog & Cat Ear Wipes**](https://www.chewy.com/zymox-advanced-enzymatic-dog-cat-ear/dp/1030454?ref=traincanine.com)  
These wipes are a convenient, gentle option for puppies just learning about ear cleaning. The wipe format makes it easy to control the cleaning process, especially for puppies who might fidget.
- [**Zymox Ear Infection Solution with Hydrocortisone**](https://www.chewy.com/zymox-ear-infection-solution-5/dp/125734?ref=traincanine.com)  
For puppies prone to ear issues, this hydrocortisone formula offers extra relief from itching and inflammation.
- [**Crumps' Naturals Mini Trainers Beef Flavor**](https://www.chewy.com/crumps-naturals-mini-trainers-beef/dp/259528?ref=traincanine.com)  
Reward your puppy with these tiny, palatable treats that are perfect for training. They’re single-ingredient and easy to digest, making them a natural option to reinforce positive behavior during ear cleaning sessions.

---

### Building lifelong comfort: Gentle ear cleaning for a happy, healthy puppy

Introducing your puppy to ear cleaning with small steps and positive reinforcement not only makes the process smoother but also strengthens the bond between you. Each small step—from touching their ears to wiping the ear flap area—helps build a positive association with ear care, so your puppy will approach it with curiosity and calm instead of stress.

With consistency and patience, your puppy will grow comfortable with ear cleaning as part of their regular care routine. Repeat these simple steps weekly, and as your puppy gets used to ear handling, you can gradually increase the depth of the cleaning. For more tips on puppy care, [sign up for free](https://www.traincanine.com/#/portal/signup) or check out related articles on gentle [puppy training](https://www.traincanine.com/tag/puppies/).
### Walking circles in your yard? How to avoid common potty training pitfalls
URL: https://www.traincanine.com/walking-circles-in-your-yard-how-to-avoid-common-potty-training-pitfalls-2/
Last updated: 2026-06-09T18:44:43.000Z
*Updated June 9, 2026*

It's a chilly morning, you've thrown a coat over your PJs, and you’re pacing around the yard, coaxing your puppy to do their business. You try every trick in the book—making silly noises, walking laps, or repeating “Go potty!” in an increasingly chipper tone. Eventually, your pup sniffs around and goes, but you can’t help wondering, "Am I doing this right?"

If this sounds familiar, you’re not alone. Many puppy owners face the same challenge: how to encourage their puppy to potty without creating a dependency on constant prompting or pacing. After all, the goal is for your puppy to learn independence, not for you to feel like a full-time potty chaperone!

Let’s explore why this happens, what’s really going on in your puppy’s mind, and how to fix it with simple, effective steps that work for both of you.

![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/8e/39/8e39a9e9-cb69-43e0-9ad9-7b83467424a6/content/images/2024/11/puppypottysniff.png)

### Why puppies rely on prompts (and how to end the mile-long walk)

Puppies are like little sponges—they soak up patterns quickly. If you’re pacing the yard every time they need to go, they may learn to associate their potty routine with your movement or cues, rather than their own internal signals. While this might seem harmless now, it can lead to a long-term habit where your pup waits for *you* to prompt them, instead of taking initiative. The good news? With a few strategic moves, you can gently guide your puppy toward independence while setting them up for success.

### 5 steps to encourage independent potty breaks

1. **Start with the right setup:** Create a consistent potty routine by taking your puppy to the same spot in the yard each time. This helps them associate the area with eliminating, reducing distractions and reinforcing their focus.
2. **Pair a cue with the act, not before:** Instead of repeatedly saying “potty” or “wee time” as a command, wait until your puppy starts eliminating and say the cue *while they’re doing it*. This creates a strong association between the word and the action, so eventually, you’ll only need the cue sparingly.
3. **Reduce your involvement gradually:** If pacing the yard or encouraging your puppy is working now, that’s fine—but start scaling it back. For example:
  - Week 1: Walk with them for 3 minutes instead of 5.
  - Week 2: Stand still in the yard and give a light verbal prompt if needed.
  - Week 3: Stay near the door and allow your puppy to explore independently.
4. **Throw a party for pottying outside:** When your puppy eliminates, reward them immediately with high-value treats and lots of praise. Over time, gradually phase out treats in favor of verbal praise, so the behavior remains rewarding but doesn’t rely on constant reinforcement.
5. **Watch for signs of readiness:** Puppies often give subtle cues—circling, sniffing, or heading toward the door—when they need to go. *The very first sign is the puppy just looking distracted!* Pay attention to these signals, and offer access to their potty area right away. This teaches your pup to connect their needs with appropriate behavior.

### What If accidents happen?

If accidents are still happening, use the [free puppy house-training checklist](https://www.traincanine.com/puppy-house-training-checklist/) to look at the full routine: potty timing, outdoor follow-through, indoor supervision, cleanup, confinement, and household consistency.

It’s normal for puppies to have setbacks, especially in the early weeks. Make sure you have a solid enzymatic cleaning agent like [Simple Solution](https://www.chewy.com/simple-solution-pet-urine-destroyer/dp/163283?ref=traincanine.com) or [OxiClean](https://www.chewy.com/oxiclean-carpet-area-rug-dog-cat/dp/390831?ref=traincanine.com) on hand and thoroughly treat any soiled areas. If accidents keep happening, revisit your routine:

- Are you taking them out often enough (especially after meals, naps, or playtime)?
- Is the potty area too distracting?
- Have prompts or timing changed too suddenly?

Even small adjustments to your approach can get things back on track.

![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/8e/39/8e39a9e9-cb69-43e0-9ad9-7b83467424a6/content/images/2026/06/puppy-house-training-header-image.jpeg) 

#### Get the free puppy house-training checklist

If potty trips are turning into yard pacing, indoor accidents, or confusing patterns, use the free puppy house-training checklist to review the full routine: timing, outdoor follow-through, indoor supervision, cleanup, and household consistency.

[Get the checklist](https://www.traincanine.com/puppy-house-training-checklist/) 

Potty training gets easier when the routine gets clearer. Your puppy does not need you to become a full-time yard-pacing assistant; they need consistent chances to practice in the right place, immediate reinforcement when they get it right, and a little help while their body and habits catch up.

Keep the plan simple. Same spot, less prompting over time, quick rewards for success, good cleanup after accidents, and a realistic schedule. That is what turns potty trips from a chilly little mystery walk into an actual house-training routine.
### My puppy is biting too hard - What should I do?
URL: https://www.traincanine.com/puppy-is-biting/
Last updated: 2026-06-09T18:49:26.000Z
“Help! My puppy is biting, **hard**! What should I do?”

Puppy biting, while normal, can also be uncomfortable, frustrating, and possibly dangerous in the future, if you don't address it right away. 

### Why do puppies bite so much?

  
[Puppy biting is a normal behavior](https://www.traincanine.com/puppy-biting-how-to-stop-it-from-happening/) as they explore their world and begin teething. Learning bite control, or “bite inhibition,” helps your puppy understand how to use their mouth gently. Biting serves as part of their development but needs to be directed appropriately.

Hardly any time is more important for your puppy than the period in which he learns how to control his bite. A puppy who bites hard is no fun to be around, but one who knows how to play gently will be more fun to live with and to train.

If biting, zooming, and accidents are happening around the same times of day, the issue may be the routine more than any one behavior. Our [free puppy house-training checklist](https://www.traincanine.com/puppy-house-training-checklist/) can help you review timing, supervision, confinement, and household consistency.

![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/8e/39/8e39a9e9-cb69-43e0-9ad9-7b83467424a6/content/images/2024/10/Beatrix3.jpeg)

Cute, but bitey.

Even the gentlest dog can be suddenly startled, frightened, or in enough pain that she may bite. Helping our puppies develop this soft mouth, or bite inhibition, is one of our most important tasks.

So, how do we accomplish this? As odd as it may seem, we are actually going to encourage our puppy to bite us – but with some conditions.

### A few ground rules for managing puppy mouthing

First, the ground rules:

1. Puppy may not bite hard enough to leave a red mark.
2. Puppy may not bite clothing or fabric.
3. Puppy may not bite children (young children aren’t capable of determining what is an “okay” bite and what isn’t — and a sharp nip may provoke a child to scare or hurt a puppy).

If your puppy breaks one of these rules while playing, give a short “Ouch!” and stop playing immediately. Offer to play with the puppy again once he or she settles. If puppy is having a hard time settling and continues to bite or mouth you or your clothing, put the puppy in his crate or behind a baby gate for a minute or two, then let him out to try again, encouraging your puppy to bite a toy rather than your hands.

Second, encourage your puppy to play-bite your hands and arms on a regular basis, but gently! Don’t swipe at your puppy’s face or grab his jaws or muzzle in your hands — think of the calm, mouth-wrestling play you see in older dogs. As long as your puppy isn’t breaking the rules, you may play short games this way, breaking frequently to feed treats for obedience behaviors and [hand targeting](https://www.traincanine.com/hand-targeting-handout/).

When puppy your feels like playing, encourage the gentle play-biting game. Keep in mind the puppy must gently use his mouth and wrestle with you. **(Important disclaimer: this training game is not for children.)** Use treats to teach your puppy to stop when instructed to do so, by scattering a few treats on the ground and walking away.

The puppy is now practicing “bite inhibition” or “soft mouth” on purpose.

### When will my puppy stop biting?

Most puppies start to reduce their biting as they mature, especially if they are guided in bite inhibition. By around 5-7 months, after they’ve finished teething, they should begin to bite less, especially if they’re trained not to bite too hard early on.

Once your puppy starts losing puppy teeth, it’s time to start cutting back on the play biting by substituting toys for your hands and feeding treats when your puppy directs his mouth onto toys or chooses to offer a sit or down rather than bite.

### Is puppy biting normal or a sign of aggression?

Puppy biting can sometimes feel intense, but it’s rarely aggressive. It’s often a playful or exploratory behavior. However, if biting is paired with growling or lunging, or your puppy frequently bites when you try to touch her or pick her up, [consulting a professional trainer](https://apps.apdt.com/eweb/DynamicPage.aspx?webcode=TrainerSearch&ref=traincanine.com) can help differentiate play from potential behavior issues.

![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/8e/39/8e39a9e9-cb69-43e0-9ad9-7b83467424a6/content/images/2024/10/pup1-1.jpg) 

#### Recap: How can I train my puppy not to bite?

Training starts with setting ground rules for acceptable behavior:

- ****No hard bites:** If a bite leaves a red mark, your puppy needs a break.
- ****No biting clothing or fabric:** Encourage puppies to bite and tug toys instead of clothes, curtains, or furniture.
- ****No biting of children:** Children can’t gauge the pressure of a bite, so it’s important to guide interactions carefully.

Use a firm “Ouch!” if a bite is too hard and immediately stop play. After a short break, resume play to reinforce gentle mouthing, or offer a toy.
### Understanding the challenges of reactive dogs: Stress signals and environmental management
URL: https://www.traincanine.com/managing-reactive-dogs-stress-signs-environment/
Last updated: 2024-10-30T00:41:44.000Z
Dealing with a reactive dog can feel overwhelming. Reactivity in dogs, often misunderstood, refers to an exaggerated response to certain things—be it other dogs, people, or unfamiliar environments. This behavior can look like barking, lunging, growling, or other behaviors that could lead the dog to bite, or injure another dog or person. The challenge for dog handlers is in two critical areas: seeing the signs of stress in their dogs before the dog reacts, and effectively managing the environment to prevent reactive episodes.

### Recognizing the signs of stress in reactive dogs

One of the most significant struggles for owners of reactive dogs is learning to recognize and interpret the subtle signs of stress before they escalate into a full-blown reactive episode. Dogs communicate their discomfort in various ways, often through body language, but these signs can be easily overlooked or misinterpreted by even the most attentive owners.

![A Novia Scotia Duck Tolling Retriever facing the camera, ears up and tongue out, licking its nose.](https://storage.ghost.io/c/8e/39/8e39a9e9-cb69-43e0-9ad9-7b83467424a6/content/images/2024/08/laula-co-1TCw4zP1XBk-unsplash.jpg)

Licking the nose or lips can be a subtle sign of stress in dogs.

#### Subtle stress signals of reactive dogs

Before a dog reaches the point of reactivity, they often exhibit a range of [subtle stress signals](https://www.traincanine.com/is-my-dog-stressed-spot-the-signs-of-stress-in-dogs/). These can include:

1. **Yawning**: Unlike humans, a dog’s yawn can be a signal of stress rather than tiredness.
2. **Lip or nose licking**: This can be a brief flick of the tongue, often overlooked, but it’s a common sign of discomfort.
3. **Whale eye**: When a dog shows the whites of their eyes, it's a sign they are feeling threatened or uneasy.
4. **Panting**: Excessive panting, especially in the absence of heat or exercise, can indicate stress.
5. **Freezing**: A sudden halt in movement or a stiffening of the body can be a precursor to reactivity.
6. **Pacing**: Repetitive movement, such as pacing back and forth, can be a sign of anxiety.

Recognizing these signs early allows the owner to intervene and remove the dog from the situation before the dog becomes overwhelmed and reacts. However, many people struggle with this because the signs can be so subtle, or they may misinterpret these behaviors as normal dog activity. Learning to watch for these signs and creating distance between the dog and the trigger before the dog reacts is a core component of changing the dog's emotional state.

#### Escalating signs of dog reactivity

When early signs of stress go unnoticed, a dog’s behavior can escalate into more obvious signs of distress, including:

1. **Growling**: Often seen as aggressive, growling is actually a clear communication of discomfort or fear.
2. **Barking**: Reactive barking is typically sharp, rapid, and directed at a specific trigger.
3. **Lunging**: A more intense reaction where the dog attempts to approach or reach the trigger aggressively.
4. **Snapping or biting**: This is often a last resort for dogs who feel cornered or threatened.

For many dog handlers, the challenge is not just recognizing these behaviors but understanding that they are often a plea for help rather than an act of aggression. A reactive dog is typically a dog in distress, and the behavior is their way of coping with overwhelming stimuli.

![Spaniel mix brown-and-white dog looking alert but worried.](https://storage.ghost.io/c/8e/39/8e39a9e9-cb69-43e0-9ad9-7b83467424a6/content/images/2024/08/marieke-koenders-TpbrNcR9eFI-unsplash-min.jpg)

### Managing the environment to prevent reactivity

Once handlers begin to understand the signs of stress in their dogs, the next step is managing the environment to prevent these stressors from leading to reactive behavior. This involves both avoiding known triggers and creating a safe space where the dog can feel secure.

#### Identifying the triggers of a dog's reactivity

A trigger is anything that elicits a reactive response from the dog. These can be specific, such as:

1. **Other dogs**: One of the most common triggers, especially in dogs with poor socialization experiences.
2. **Strangers**: People the dog doesn’t know can be perceived as a threat.
3. **Loud noises**: Thunderstorms, fireworks, or even sudden loud sounds can provoke a reaction.
4. **New environments**: Unfamiliar settings can cause anxiety, leading to reactive behavior.

Identifying these triggers is essential for managing a reactive dog. Owners need to observe their dogs carefully in different situations to pinpoint what causes stress and reactivity. However, this is easier said than done, as triggers can vary greatly and sometimes seem unpredictable.

#### Helping reactive dogs in their usual environments

Once triggers are identified, people can take proactive steps to [manage their dog’s environment](https://www.traincanine.com/management-for-reactive-dogs-how-to-keep-your-dog-safe-and-under-control-on-walks/) and reduce the likelihood of reactive episodes. Some effective strategies include:

1. **Controlled exposure**: Gradually exposing the dog to their triggers in a controlled and positive way can help desensitize them. For example, a dog reactive to other dogs might benefit from carefully structured encounters where they are rewarded for calm behavior.
2. **Creating safe spaces**: At home, it’s important to provide the dog with a designated safe space where they can retreat if they feel overwhelmed. This might be a crate, a specific room, or a quiet corner of the house.
3. **Using barriers**: Physical barriers, such as baby gates or fences, can prevent the dog from reacting to stimuli outside, such as people walking past the house.
4. **Avoiding high-stress situations**: Sometimes, the best strategy is to avoid situations that are too overwhelming for the dog. For example, walking a reactive dog during quieter times of the day can reduce encounters with other dogs or people.
5. **Positive reinforcement training**: Teaching the dog alternative behaviors, such as looking calmly at the other dog instead of reacting, can help redirect their focus. Competent reward-based training is a surefire way to gradually change the dog’s response to triggers.
6. **Leash management**: Using tools like a harness instead of a collar can give owners better control and prevent injury if the dog does lunge. The leash should be kept loose, as tension can increase the dog’s stress.
7. **Reinforce calm behavior, calmly**: Reinforcing the dog for calm behavior using soothing or calming reinforcement approaches when exposed to mild triggers can reinforce that staying relaxed leads to positive outcomes.

#### The role of professional help for reactive dogs

For many people with dogs, managing a reactive dog’s environment is a complex and ongoing process that can sometimes feel overwhelming. In such cases, seeking the help of a [professional dog trainer](https://www.apdt.com/?ref=traincanine.com) or [behavior consultant](https://www.iaabc.org/?ref=traincanine.com) who specializes in reactivity can be invaluable. These professionals can offer tailored advice, demonstrate techniques, and provide support as the owner works to improve their dog’s behavior.

![A woman with long dark hair wearing a midi dress and boots stands with her leashed yellow Labrador retriever while they look off-camera in a beautiful wooded setting.   ](https://storage.ghost.io/c/8e/39/8e39a9e9-cb69-43e0-9ad9-7b83467424a6/content/images/2024/08/bruno-cervera-ZZqam9DoCoQ-unsplash-min.jpg)

### The emotional toll of living with a reactive dog

Dealing with a reactive dog can be emotionally exhausting for the people living with the dog. The constant vigilance required to manage the dog’s environment, the anxiety over potential reactions, and the even occasional feeling of social stigma for having a reactive dog can all contribute to high levels of stress. Many handlers feel isolated, especially if they are unable to participate in typical dog-related activities like trips to the park or group walks.

Support networks, whether in-person or online (Facebook or Reddit have many reactive dog support groups to choose from), can be an immense help. Sharing experiences with others who understand the challenges of living with a reactive dog can provide comfort, practical advice, and a sense of community. It's also important for the person who lives with a reactive dog to train the dog to be comfortable alone at times in a safe space, so they can take much-needed breaks and spend some leisure time without the dog.

### Building a calm future for reactive dogs

[Living with a reactive dog](https://www.traincanine.com/tag/reactive-dogs/) is a journey that requires patience, understanding, and dedication. The key challenges—recognizing the subtle signs of stress and effectively managing the environment—are critical to preventing reactive episodes and improving the dog’s quality of life. By becoming adept at observing their dog’s body language and taking [proactive steps to reduce exposure to triggers](https://www.traincanine.com/reactive-dog-functional-communication-training/), owners can help their dogs feel safer and more secure. While the road may be challenging, the rewards of seeing a reactive dog become more confident and relaxed are immeasurable.

For those struggling with a reactive dog, remember that progress is often slow and incremental. Each small victory—whether it's a calm walk around the block or a peaceful encounter with another dog—is a step forward.
### Taming the beast: How to start desensitizing your dog to the vacuum
URL: https://www.traincanine.com/desensitize-dog-vacuum-guide/
Last updated: 2024-10-28T21:14:17.000Z
**Training Challenge:** Overcoming your dog's fear of the vacuum cleaner

Are you struggling with a pup who turns into a frazzled furball at the first hum of a vacuum cleaner? You're not alone! Many of us face the challenge of helping our dogs overcome their fear of noisy household appliances. The key is [desensitization](https://www.teachingclicks.com/p/understanding-systematic-desensitization?ref=traincanine.com)—a gentle and effective way to ease your dog into becoming more comfortable with the dreaded vacuum. Here's how you can start:

- **Identify a safe starting point:**  
Begin by ensuring the vacuum is completely off and stowed away in a familiar space where your dog feels comfortable. Allow your dog to approach it on their terms—no forcing! This initial step builds trust and curiosity without overwhelming your dog.
- **Create positive associations:**  
With the vacuum off, place your dog’s favorite treats around and on the vacuum cleaner. This helps your dog link the once-scary object with something enjoyable. Repeat this over several days to reinforce these positive associations.

![Worried dog laying down on a rug in another room, watching the person vacuum.](https://storage.ghost.io/c/8e/39/8e39a9e9-cb69-43e0-9ad9-7b83467424a6/content/images/2024/05/jenny-marvin-TIRg8VJzy6Q-unsplash-min.jpg)

A dog who is fearful or worried about the vacuum cleaner might just leave the room. Watch for signs of stress when you're running the vacuum around your pet.

- **Introduce sounds gradually:**  
Once your dog seems comfortable with the presence of the vacuum, it’s time to familiarize them with the sound. Start by playing a recording of a vacuum cleaner at a low volume while feeding them treats. Gradually increase the volume over several sessions, always keeping an eye on your dog’s stress levels and backing off if necessary.
- **Practice movement without noise:**  
Move the vacuum slightly without turning it on to simulate the action of vacuuming. Continue to reward your dog for calm behavior around the moving vacuum.
- **Combine sound and movement:**  
[When your dog is ready](https://www.dogstrust.org.uk/dog-advice/understanding-your-dog/scared-loud-noises?ref=traincanine.com), turn the vacuum on for short periods while it’s still stationary. Reward them for staying calm. Gradually increase the time the vacuum is on and start moving it slowly around the room.
- **Regular practice means less dirt around the house:**  
Regular, short sessions are most effective and easier on the dog! Keep the mood light and positive, allowing your dog to take breaks as needed.

💡

****Tip:** Always observe your dog's body language. Signs of stress include panting, drooling, trembling, or attempting to escape. If these signs appear, reduce the intensity of the exposure and try again later.

**And – just for pro trainers:**  
We love hearing from you! What success have you had desensitizing your dog to any other common household sounds or situations? [Share your story with us](https://www.traincanine.com/contact), and it could be featured in our next post!

![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/8e/39/8e39a9e9-cb69-43e0-9ad9-7b83467424a6/content/images/2024/05/mike-burke-gxyfJQg7Lno-unsplash-min.jpg)
### Functional communication on walks: A game-changer for reactive dogs
URL: https://www.traincanine.com/reactive-dog-functional-communication-training/
Last updated: 2026-07-17T12:26:59.000Z
For many dog training clients, a simple walk in the park can sometimes feel more like navigating a minefield. This is particularly true for [those handling reactive dogs](https://www.traincanine.com/reactive-dog-training-course-for-professionals/), who may lunge, bark, or snap in response to triggers like other dogs, squirrels, or even moving vehicles. However, there's a transformative approach that can turn these stressful outings into enjoyable ventures: [Functional Communication Training (FCT)](https://masteraba.com/fct/?ref=traincanine.com).

#### Understanding the basics of FCT

Functional Communication Training is all about teaching dogs more appropriate ways to express their needs and emotions. Instead of reacting aggressively to a trigger, dogs learn to perform a specific behavior that effectively communicates their state in a way that owners can understand and support.

FCT is an example of [differential reinforcement](https://masteraba.com/differential-reinforcement/?ref=traincanine.com), which creates an opportunity to teach new behaviors using positive reinforcement to replace unwanted behaviors.

![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/8e/39/8e39a9e9-cb69-43e0-9ad9-7b83467424a6/content/images/2024/04/ai-generated-8617589_1280-min.jpg)

Image by [Aberrant Realities](https://pixabay.com/users/aberrantrealities-38952538/?utm%5Fsource=link-attribution&utm%5Fmedium=referral&utm%5Fcampaign=image&utm%5Fcontent=8617589)

#### The benefits of FCT for reactive dogs

Implementing FCT with reactive dogs can have profound impacts, both for the dog and the owner. First and foremost, it gives the dog a constructive outlet to convey their inner experience. Rather than feeling compelled to bark, lunge or snap, the dog learns that there is a better way to get their needs met - one that doesn't involve disruptive or dangerous behaviors. This not only reduces stress and anxiety for the dog, but also promotes a stronger bond with their owner, who can now better comprehend and respond to the dog's communication.

Furthermore, FCT empowers the dog with a sense of control over their environment. By teaching them an appropriate alternative behavior, you're providing the dog with a predictable way to influence the outcome of a triggering situation. This can have a profoundly calming effect, as the dog no longer feels the need to resort to reactivity to achieve their desired result.

#### Implementing FCT with reactive dog clients

While the concepts behind FCT are straightforward, successfully implementing them with clients who may not be skilled dog handlers requires a thoughtful, step-by-step approach. Here's how trainers can guide their clients through the process:

_This post is for subscribers only._
### How to Calm a Puppy That Gets Too Excited Around Other Dogs
URL: https://www.traincanine.com/my-puppy-gets-too-excited-around-other-dogs/
Last updated: 2026-08-08T16:31:17.000Z
## Quick answer: Why does my puppy get so excited around other dogs?

Unruly behavior around other dogs can come from social excitement. It can also reflect frustration, fear, conflict, reactivity, fatigue, or overstimulation. Barking or pulling by itself cannot tell you which one is happening.

First, look at what's happening. Does your puppy approach or try to get away? Does their body stay loose or become tense? Can they pause, disengage, and respond to you? What changes when you add distance? During play, do both dogs choose to continue? Notice how quickly your puppy recovers afterward.

A good first step is to create more space. Make sure you aren't forcing your puppy to greet people or other dogs, and end play before either dog becomes overwhelmed.

## “Excited” can describe several different causes

My puppy Beatrix used to run, jump, bark, mouth, and scratch when she saw other dogs. Her behavior looked like obvious enthusiasm because she often wanted to play. The size of a puppy's reaction, though, does not explain what is driving it.

Similar outward behavior can appear in several situations. Puppies may also shift from one pattern to another during the same interaction.

### Social enthusiasm

A socially excited puppy may move toward another dog with loose, wiggly movement. During play, you may see pauses, changes in activity, and opportunities for each dog to move away. The dogs may chase or wrestle, then separate briefly. If both choose to return, that voluntary re-engagement gives you more useful information than the intensity of any single moment.

Healthy play does not have to look gentle or perfectly equal. Play styles differ, and some dogs enjoy more physical play than others. What matters is the broader interaction, including whether both dogs remain willing participants.

### Frustration

A puppy who wants access to another dog may bark, whine, jump, or pull harder when a leash, fence, or person blocks the way. The behavior may build as the puppy gets closer or expects a greeting. More distance, a change of direction, or a clearer routine may make it easier for the puppy to disengage.

Frustration can look dramatic. It does not prove that the puppy is friendly or that a greeting will be safe. The other dog may find a rushing, barking puppy difficult to tolerate.

### Fear or conflict

A fearful or conflicted puppy may hang back, freeze, hide, lean away, or try to leave. Some puppies move forward and retreat repeatedly. Others bark, growl, or lunge when they cannot create the distance they need.

Avoidance matters, but no single posture or body part establishes how a dog feels. Look at what happened before the behavior, what the puppy does next, and whether added distance helps. Train Canine's guide to [signs of stress in dogs](https://www.traincanine.com/is-my-dog-stressed-spot-the-signs-of-stress-in-dogs/) can help you observe the larger pattern.

### Reactivity

“Reactive” usually describes an intense response to a trigger. Around other dogs, that response may include barking, lunging, growling, spinning, or difficulty disengaging. The label does not tell you why the behavior is happening. Fear, frustration, previous experiences, the environment, and learning history may all be relevant.

One loud encounter is not enough to diagnose a behavior problem. Repeated patterns, the distance at which they begin, their intensity, and the puppy's recovery are more informative. If this pattern sounds familiar, read more about [stress and environmental management for reactive dogs](https://www.traincanine.com/managing-reactive-dogs-stress-signs-environment/).

### Overtired or overstimulated behavior

Puppy play can deteriorate as a puppy becomes tired or takes in more activity than they can manage. You may see increasingly frantic movement, harder grabbing, repeated pestering, or less response to interruptions. A puppy who played comfortably at the start may need help leaving before the interaction unravels.

Mixed patterns are common. A puppy can be socially interested and frustrated by restraint. The same puppy can become worried when another dog responds sharply. Use the categories below as observation guides, not diagnoses.

## Body language consistent with social excitement

Look for a cluster of features such as:

- Loose, curved, or wiggly movement
- Voluntary approach without repeated pressure from the handler or the other dog
- Brief pauses or breaks in activity
- Enough responsiveness to disengage or move away
- Play that changes over time rather than one dog continually pursuing or pinning the other
- Both dogs choosing to re-engage after a pause
- A relatively quick return to ordinary behavior afterward

Context still matters. A wagging tail, play bow, or willingness to approach cannot establish friendliness by itself.

## Body language consistent with frustration

Watch for patterns connected to blocked access:

- Barking, whining, jumping, or pulling that increases when the puppy cannot reach the other dog
- Escalation as the distance closes or when the puppy expects a greeting
- Difficulty orienting away while the other dog remains close
- Improvement when you create more space, move away, or remove the expectation of contact
- A history of greeting many dogs on leash, followed by bigger reactions when greetings are unavailable

This pattern may suggest frustration, but it does not make an immediate greeting a useful test. Create space and observe what changes.

## Body language that suggests fear, conflict, or reactivity

Pay closer attention when you see a combination of:

- Repeated avoidance, hiding, freezing, or attempts to escape
- Tense movement or sudden stillness
- Approach followed by retreat
- Barking, growling, snapping, or lunging that escalates as the other dog approaches
- Pursuit or pressure that continues after one dog tries to leave
- Little ability to pause or disengage
- Continued scanning, vocalizing, avoidance, or agitation after the interaction ends
- A pattern that begins at greater distances or becomes more intense over time

None of these observations proves that a puppy is fearful or aggressive. They are reasons to add distance and take the pattern seriously.

## Stop and get help when…

End the interaction when there is an immediate risk of injury or when either dog cannot get relief. Get qualified help if you see:

- A bite or attempted bite
- Injury to either dog or a person
- Panic or extreme fear
- Repeated pinning, cornering, or pursuit when the other dog tries to escape
- A history of escalating incidents
- A size difference or other situation that makes separation unsafe
- Behavior that you cannot safely interrupt or move away from

If dogs are fighting, keep yourself and others safe first! Ask a qualified professional for case-specific prevention and handling guidance after the immediate danger has passed.

## What to watch before, during, and after an interaction

### Before

Notice the starting conditions:

- How far apart are the dogs when your puppy begins to get excited?
- Is the setting quiet or crowded?
- Is either dog restricted by a leash, gate, corner, or small space?
- Has your puppy had enough rest?
- Was your puppy already aroused by a walk, visitors, training, or earlier play?
- Does either dog have a genuine choice to approach or leave?
- Is this a familiar, compatible dog or an unknown dog?

A puppy who manages a familiar dog in a quiet yard may struggle with an unfamiliar dog on a narrow sidewalk. Record the setting instead of treating the two encounters as equivalent.

### During

Watch how the interaction develops. Loose movement and changing activities are what we're after; tension, stillness, relentless pursuit, or an inability to separate the pups means it's time to stop.

If the dogs are playing, look for pauses and responses to each other's movement. The pups' roles may change during play, but healthy play does not have to follow a perfect back-and-forth pattern. A useful check is to create a brief, calm pause without restraining one dog close to the other. If both dogs choose to return with comfortable movement, the play may continue. If one dog leaves, hides, stays close to a person, or avoids returning, respect that choice.

### After

Observe what recovery looks like:

- Can your puppy move away without repeatedly trying to return?
- Can they respond to an easy, familiar cue?
- Can they eat comfortably if food is offered?
- Do they settle after a quiet break?
- Do they continue scanning, barking, pulling, or trying to hide?
- Does the behavior remain elevated during the rest of the walk or at home?

Taking food is one piece of information. It does not prove that a puppy is comfortable. A puppy who cannot eat may be too aroused or distressed for that setup, while a puppy who eats may still need more space.

## What to do when your puppy becomes overwhelmed

When your puppy's behavior starts to build, use a conservative plan.

1. **Increase distance or end the interaction.** Move away while you still can. Cross the street, turn down another path, call your puppy out of play, or use a visual barrier. Avoid waiting for a larger reaction before responding.
2. **Allow a quiet recovery period.** Give your puppy time away from the other dog. Do not immediately return to the same distance to see whether they are “better now.”
3. **Skip punishment and forced proximity.** Leash corrections, scolding, forced greetings, and repeated exposure intended to “get them used to it” may add distress or conflict. Current guidance from the [American Veterinary Society of Animal Behavior](https://avsab.org/resources/position-statements/?ref=traincanine.com) recommends reward-based training and environmental management rather than aversive methods.
4. **Use food or movement only when your puppy can engage comfortably.** A treat can reinforce a voluntary check-in or help you move away together. It should not be used to lure a worried puppy closer or to keep them in an interaction that is deteriorating.
5. **Make the next setup easier.** Add more space, choose a quieter location, keep the session shorter, and work with a familiar dog whose play style suits your puppy.

## Be aware when doing on-leash greetings

A leash helps keep a puppy safe, but it also limits movement. A puppy may be unable to approach in an arc, pause at a comfortable distance, or leave when they have had enough. Tension in the leash can further restrict the interaction.

Some puppies can greet safely on leash in carefully chosen situations. Your puppy can also learn to pass dogs without greeting them. Automatic greetings can build an expectation of access, which may make frustration harder when a greeting is unavailable. Close greetings also reduce your room to respond if either dog becomes uncomfortable.

Choose your pup's greetings deliberately. Give both dogs space, keep the interaction brief, and avoid putting pressure on either dog to continue. Skip the greeting when the location is tight, either dog is pulling or tense, or you do not know whether the dogs are compatible.

## Practice useful skills when your puppy is calm

Skills give you ways to communicate and move through an environment together. Teach them at home or in another easy setting before asking for them around dogs.

### Name response or orientation

Reward your puppy for turning toward you when they hear their name or notice you. Later, a voluntary glance back can help you recognize that your puppy still has enough capacity to engage.

### Hand target

Teach your puppy to touch their nose to your hand. A hand target can help with a small change of position or start movement away from a distraction.

### Recall or moving away together

Practice a cheerful recall in a safe, low-distraction space. You can also teach a simple phrase that means you will turn and move away together. Reward the puppy after they come with you.

### Brief settle or pause

Teach a short pause on a mat or beside you when nothing difficult is happening. Around other dogs, recovery may require leaving the area rather than asking the puppy to hold still nearby.

These skills are useful only when the puppy can perform them comfortably. A response to a cue is not proof that the puppy feels safe. Do not use obedience to keep a puppy in an interaction that has become unsafe.

## How to make the next interaction easier

Change one or two conditions before asking your puppy to try again:

- Begin farther away.
- Keep the session shorter.
- Work around fewer dogs.
- Choose calm, socially compatible play partners.
- Offer breaks before play deteriorates.
- Make sure the puppy has a clear exit route.
- Reward voluntary check-ins and decisions to disengage.
- Track the location, distance, dogs involved, activity, and recovery afterward.

There is no universal puppy play-session length. Some puppies need a break after a few minutes. Others can play longer while remaining responsive and able to pause. Let the individual puppy's behavior and recovery guide the session.

Early socialization should include safe, positive experiences without forcing a puppy to interact. Carefully run puppy classes and planned time with suitable dogs can help. A dog park or uncontrolled group is not the only way to socialize a puppy. The AVSAB [puppy socialization position statement](https://avsab.org/resources/position-statements/?ref=traincanine.com) recommends positive exposure while also considering vaccination and disease risk with a veterinarian.

## When to seek qualified help

Always ask for professional help when there has been biting, attempted biting, or injury. Intense fear, repeated escalation, slow recovery, or an interaction you cannot manage safely also is something you should seek help with. A qualified professional can review the history and observe the pattern and help you design a plan to change your puppy's behavior.

Start with your veterinarian if the behavior appeared suddenly, changed sharply, or could involve pain or another medical factor. Veterinary behavior guidance recognizes that medical conditions can contribute to behavior changes and that aggression requires careful attention to safety. A veterinarian can evaluate health concerns and refer you when needed.

For situations involving persistent fear, reactivity, or aggression, look for a credentialed reward-based trainer, behavior consultant, or veterinary behaviorist who can explain their methods clearly. Avoid anyone who guarantees a result or relies on pain, fear, dominance, or forced exposure. AVSAB provides guidance on [selecting a behavior consultant](https://avsab.org/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/AVSAB-Selecting-a-behavior-consultant-final-5.11.20.pdf?ref=traincanine.com).

## Frequently asked questions

### Should I let my puppy greet every dog on leash?

No, there is no need and in most cases it's best not to. Your puppy can learn to pass dogs without greeting them. Choose any on-leash greeting carefully, with enough room for both dogs and no pressure to continue. Skip it when either dog is pulling, tense, overwhelmed, or unable to move away comfortably.

### Why does my puppy bark and pull toward other dogs?

Your puppy may want to approach and feel frustrated by the leash. Barking and pulling can also occur with fear, conflict, or reactivity. Notice what changes with distance and whether the puppy is trying to approach, avoid, or do both.

### How long should puppy play sessions last?

There is no universal time limit. End or pause the session while both dogs are still coping well. Watch for deteriorating play, frantic movement, harder grabbing, repeated pursuit, reduced responsiveness, or difficulty recovering. Shorter sessions with early breaks are often easier to evaluate.

### What does healthy puppy play look like?

Healthy play varies. Look for loose movement, pauses, opportunities to leave, responses to the other dog's signals, and voluntary re-engagement. Chasing, wrestling, growling, and mouthing can occur during play, so judge the interaction by the whole pattern. If one dog repeatedly tries to escape and the other does not let up, intervene.

### When should I stop a puppy play session?

Stop when either dog is trying to leave, hide, or get relief and cannot. End the session if the play becomes tense or relentless, one dog repeatedly pins or pursues the other, the dogs do not respond to a calm interruption, or there is a bite, attempted bite, panic, or injury.

### Can treats make my puppy calmer around other dogs?

Treats can reinforce check-ins, orientation, and moving away with you. They can also support carefully planned behavior work. Be careful not to use food to lure a worried puppy closer to what is scaring him. Also be aware that treats can trigger snips and snaps (or even fights) because of resource guarding between dogs.

### When should I ask a trainer or behavior professional for help?

Seek help after biting, attempted biting, injury, intense fear, repeated escalation, or slow recovery. Get support sooner if a size difference or handling problem makes interactions unsafe. Contact your veterinarian when behavior changes suddenly or pain or illness may be involved.

## Choose an easier next step

You do not need to test your puppy with another close greeting. Start with space, watch how the pattern changes, and plan the next interaction around what your puppy can manage.

Continue with Train Canine's [dog-training and behavior resources](https://www.traincanine.com/start-here/) or learn how to compare stress signals with [relaxed dog body language](https://www.traincanine.com/how-to-tell-if-your-dog-is-relaxed-body-language-and-signs/).
### Puppy training: Mastering the fold-back down
URL: https://www.traincanine.com/teach-puppy-fold-back-down/
Last updated: 2026-06-09T20:35:36.000Z
Teaching your puppy the fold-back down is a valuable addition to their training repertoire. The fold-back down is not just practical—it's impressively snappy and visually neat. Unlike the traditional down, where a puppy might sprawl or shift forward, this method results in a sharp, compact position. This makes the fold-back down particularly fast to execute, which is handy in daily situations where quick compliance is needed. The precision of this movement can be quite eye-catching, increases the skill and responsiveness of your puppy, and is a fun way to impress your friends. 

## Interested in taking your training to the next level?

Sign up to continue shaping your pup into a well-mannered companion. 

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. Unsubscribe anytime.

And, mastering this move with your pup enhances your training skills. Each step of teaching the fold-back down involves clear communication and careful timing of reinforcement. Working through this process with your puppy is about more than training a cool move; it's about building trust and understanding. Your puppy learns to interpret your cues with greater sensitivity, and you learn to recognize their ways of responding, which deepens the bond between you. 

![Trainer lures a puppy into a fold-back down and feeds it a treat](https://storage.ghost.io/c/8e/39/8e39a9e9-cb69-43e0-9ad9-7b83467424a6/content/images/2024/05/IMG_8342.gif)

Using a mat can help your puppy master the fold-back down

## How to teach your puppy a fold-back down

🐾 **Set the scene**: Kick things off in a calm room where your puppy can focus without distractions—think cozy nooks or their favorite snuggle spot. With smaller puppies, you might want to work on a bed or the couch to make treat delivery easy. 

🍖 **Treat temptations**: Grab a yummy treat that your puppy can’t resist and hold it right by their sniffing radar (their nose!). Lead the treat slowly straight down to the floor, right between their front paws. This nifty trick encourages your pup to tuck their back legs and glide smoothly into a down position—like magic!

👏 **Celebrate success**: The very moment your pup’s elbows hit the floor, cheer them on with a bright "Yes!" or a click if you're using a clicker. Hand over that treat pronto! Quick rewards help your puppy connect the new down pose with delicious treats.

🗣️ **Speak up**: Once your furry friend starts getting the hang of it with the treat guide, it’s time to add the magic word “Down.” Say it only once as you move your hand down. 

🌍 **Mix it up**: Ready to up the game? Try the same trick in different spots around the house, or even in the yard, at various times and amidst mild distractions. This helps your pup understand that "Down" means down anywhere, anytime. Begin to ease off the treats, using just your hand signal and voice. Treats become occasional bonuses, while praise does the heavy lifting.

⏱️ **Keep it going**: When your puppy is nailing the down position like a pro, start delaying the treat a little to teach them patience. Also, practice stepping back a few paces before rewarding them, slowly increasing the distance to boost their stay-put skills.

Mastering the fold-back down is a foundational skill that sets the stage for advanced training. As you and your puppy work through this skill, remember that consistency is key. For seasoned puppy owners and aspiring dog trainers, the fold-back down is a stepping stone to more complex behaviors. Keep your training sessions short (no more than 2-3 minutes to start!), engaging, and full of praise as you build a strong, responsive bond with your puppy.
### Overcoming dog-dog reactivity: The LIMA way (Plus, an ethics update)
URL: https://www.traincanine.com/overcoming-dog-dog-reactivity-the-lima-way/
Last updated: 2026-08-08T15:29:13.000Z
## Ethics update

➡️ A Note About LIMA: Several professional dog training and animal behavior organizations work together to raise training standards for our industry by issuing the Joint Standards of Practice and Code of Ethics (JSOP). The JSOP is based on the Least Intrusive, Minimally Aversive framework, used by the IAABC at its initiation in the early 2000s and since modified.  
  
****On April 3, 2024, the IAABC issued a notice to its members that read in part:** **"We are currently engaged in a review of the Joint Standards of Practice and Code of Ethics (JSOP) to ensure they reflect our field's advancements in training practices, ethics, science, and principles. This review includes examining whether the inclusion of the least intrusive, minimally aversive principle and framework (aka LIMA) should be modified or replaced."*  
  
We at Train Canine will follow these updates closely and modify this curriculum as needed to continue to provide education that is in line with the best practices according to the Joint Standards organization.

### Now, onto the training plan

As a professional dog trainer specializing in reactive behaviors, I've worked with many frustrated pet owners trying to manage their dog's outbursts and aggression. But Vanessa and her dog Lily\* stood out to me – not just for the progress they made in helping Lily act calmly around other dogs, but for Vanessa's unwavering commitment to a humane, effective training approach.

When Vanessa first reached out, she was at her wit's end. Lily, her once-playful 2-year-old rescue pup, had become increasingly reactive to other dogs on their walks. Vanessa described the all-too-familiar scene – Lily would spot another dog in the distance, her hackles would raise, and she'd start barking and lunging. Vanessa felt mortified, powerless to calm her dog and worried about Lily's behavior potentially escalating to a dangerous situation.

I knew from previous experience that a punishment-based approach to Lily's reactivity would only make the problem worse. I'd worked with many clients whose dogs started displaying aggressive behavior after they'd introduced unpleasant or painful consequences for barking and pulling on leash. Instead, I encouraged Vanessa to work through Lily's reactivity using the [LIMA (Least Intrusive, Minimally Aversive)](https://iaabc.org/lima?ref=traincanine.com) approach – a framework focused on modifying behavior through positive reinforcement and minimally invasive techniques.

The first step was helping Vanessa understand her own role in Lily's reactions. I explained that her dog was picking up on Vanessa's own stress and anxiety, which was only exacerbating Lily's behavior. "Lily may react according to your body language or nervousness about her behavior," I told her. "When you stay calm, it creates a safe, stable environment for her to learn."

> The first step was helping Vanessa understand her own role in Lily's reactions.

Together, we implemented a multi-pronged training plan to address Lily's reactivity. **First, we worked on managing Lily's environment to create appropriate distance from her triggers as much as possible.** If we knew they'd be passing another dog on their walk, we'd cross to the other side of the street or find an alternative route.

I also taught Vanessa how to [**use positive reinforcement**](https://www.teachingclicks.com/p/pros-cons-positive-reinforcement-explained?ref=traincanine.com) **to reward Lily's calm, desired behaviors**. Whenever Lily noticed another dog but remained relaxed at Vanessa's side, she'd receive tasty treats and enthusiastic praise. Vanessa was amazed to see how quickly Lily responded to this approach, looking to her handler for guidance instead of automatically reacting.

Gradually, we incorporated **desensitization and counterconditioning exercises** into Lily's training. We'd start with Lily at a safe distance from her triggers, slowly decreasing the distance as she remained relaxed. Each time, Lily was rewarded with high-value rewards and affection, helping her associate the presence of other dogs with positive experiences.

![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/8e/39/8e39a9e9-cb69-43e0-9ad9-7b83467424a6/content/images/2024/04/daniel-alvasd-qSeQrbfLwrU-unsplash.jpg)

Can you use cookies to teach a reactive dog calm behavior? If you can, you may be committed to a LIMA approach!

It was a slow but steady process, and I was impressed by Vanessa's patience and dedication. She understood that punishing or scolding Lily would only [heighten her anxiety and damage Lily's trust in her](https://www.oregonhumane.org/portland-training/adverse-effects-of-punishment/?ref=traincanine.com). Instead, Vanessa embraced the LIMA philosophy, trusting the process, and together we celebrated every small victory. The first time Lily calmly and happily crossed the street with Vanessa while another dog passed by, Vanessa nearly cried.

Over time, I witnessed a remarkable transformation in both Lily and Vanessa. Lily's reactivity episodes became less frequent and less intense, and Vanessa found herself staying calm and composed even in the face of surprise triggers. Their relationship blossomed, built on a foundation of trust, respect, and mutual understanding.

"It's amazing how much of a difference this training has made," Vanessa told me. "Lily and I are a team now, working together to navigate the world. I'm so grateful I was able to help Lily without resorting to punishment or force."

For Vanessa and Lily, overcoming reactivity has been a journey – one filled with patience and remarkable progress. By embracing the LIMA way, they've not only improved Lily's behavior but have also built a relationship that will continue to flourish for years to come.

\*Not their real names.

---
### Understanding canine reactivity: Causes, triggers, and behavior patterns
URL: https://www.traincanine.com/understanding-canine-reactivity/
Last updated: 2026-08-08T15:27:16.000Z
When we talk about a dog being "reactive," we're essentially discussing a dog who has a stronger-than-average response to certain stimuli. Imagine walking through a bustling market; for most, it's a pleasant stroll, but for someone with severe social anxiety, it's overwhelmingly stressful. That's a bit what the world feels like to our reactive canine friends.

Reactivity can manifest in several ways, including barking, lunging, growling, or snapping. While it might seem like reactive and aggressive behaviors are similar, it's important to remember that reactivity often stems from fear, anxiety, or overexcitement. Each dog has its unique triggers, but the goal is the same: to create space from whatever is causing them discomfort.

![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/8e/39/8e39a9e9-cb69-43e0-9ad9-7b83467424a6/content/images/2024/04/tim-trad-1zhWmkyWPGY-unsplash-min.jpg)

Photo by [Tim Trad](https://unsplash.com/@timtrad?utm%5Fcontent=creditCopyText&utm%5Fmedium=referral&utm%5Fsource=unsplash) on [Unsplash](https://unsplash.com/photos/white-and-black-dog-on-green-grass-1zhWmkyWPGY?utm%5Fcontent=creditCopyText&utm%5Fmedium=referral&utm%5Fsource=unsplash)

## Types of interactions that can lead to dog reactivity

### Dog-dog reactivity:

- On-leash encounters: Many dogs feel restricted by their leash during encounters with other dogs, leading to frustration or fear that can manifest as reactivity. It's like being in a conversation where you're not allowed to move freely; it can be pretty stressful!
- Territorial behavior: Dogs naturally protect their space, and the approach of another dog can trigger a defensive reaction, especially if the dog feels it can't escape.
- Play style mismatches: Just like people, dogs have different personalities. Some prefer rough-and-tumble play, while others like a more gentle interaction. Miscommunication in play styles can quickly escalate to reactivity.

### Dog-human reactivity:

- Fear of strangers: Dogs may react to unfamiliar people, especially if they move unpredictably or invade the dog's personal space. For a dog, a stranger's approach can feel like a pop quiz in a subject they've never studied.
- Protective instincts: Some dogs react because they feel the need to protect their human companions from perceived threats.
- Past experiences: Dogs with negative experiences involving humans (such as a lack of socialization or even abuse) may be more prone to reactivity.

## Understanding the root causes of dog reactivity

Grasping the root cause of a dog’s reactivity is part of creating a successful behavior modification plan. Is it fear, protection, or overexcitement? Observing the dog's body language and response patterns can provide insights. A tucked tail and pinned-back ears indicate fear, while stiffening and direct eye contact might suggest a protective or challenging stance.

Recognizing these signs and understanding the types of interactions that can lead to reactivity are the first steps toward addressing the behavior. From here, we can drill down to the ABCs: antecedent, behavior, and consequence, to help us understand what in the dog's environment is maintaining the reactive behavior.  
  
Here's an example of what those ABCs would look like. We'll use a dog named Trixie, who struggles to walk calmly past other dogs on walks:  
  
**Antecedent:** Trixie's handler pulls on the leash when another dog appears within 50 feet of Trixie during a neighborhood walk.  
**Behavior:** Trixie looks at the other dog and pulls straight ahead on the leash with her spine straight, her ears and tail elevated. She begins barking, jumping and snarling within 5 seconds of seeing the other dog.  
**Consequence:** Trixie's handler shouts, "No! Stop it!" and gives Trixie several jerks with the leash as the other dog gets within 25 feet of Trixie.   
  
Now we are able to make a prediction about Trixie's behavior the next time a dog comes within 50 feet while she is on a walk in the neighborhood, and make adjustments to the antecedent and consequence. If Trixie is fearful of the other dog, we would expect to see her relax the further the other dog stays during a walk. If Trixie is worried about her handler's reaction, she may relax when her handler calmly redirects Trixie instead of shouting and jerking the leash.
### Become a confident in-home dog trainer: Free guide on how I conduct in-home training sessions
URL: https://www.traincanine.com/professional-dog-trainer-in-home-success-guide/
Last updated: 2024-04-06T18:30:34.000Z
Dreaming of becoming a professional dog trainer but feeling a bit lost on where to start, or how to smooth out those tricky in-home sessions? You’re not alone. From nailing the perfect first impression with a new furry client to ensuring each session runs like a well-oiled machine, the challenges are real. But so is your passion.

That's where our guide, "How I Conduct In-Home Training Sessions: Secrets to Success," comes into play. It's your personal roadmap to turning in-home client challenges into triumphs. Imagine walking into every in-home session filled with confidence, knowing you’ve got the inside scoop on making every minute count. With this short, accessible information, you'll be stepping up as the professional dog trainer everyone wants to call.

Sign up for our newsletter packed with information pro trainers need to know – we'll never sell or share your information – and download your free PDF guide!

[Download your free guide to successful in-home training sessions!](#/portal/signup/free)

_This post is for subscribers only._
### Keep an eye on emotions to ease your dog's learning curve
URL: https://www.traincanine.com/emotions-in-dog-training-empathy-body-language/
Last updated: 2026-06-26T13:16:13.000Z
*Updated June 26, 2026*

A pivotal aspect of dog training, sometimes overlooked, is the emotional state of our non-human learners. Animals, much like people, can find certain learning situations emotionally taxing. Recognizing this and adapting our training methods can significantly improve outcomes. This approach hinges on a profound empathy for the animals we work with and a deep understanding of their body language.

### Develop your empathy, be a better trainer

Empathy in animal training goes beyond mere awareness of an animal's fear or stress; it involves an intuitive and educated grasp of the animal's emotional and psychological state. Developing this understanding takes time: it requires a keen observation of the animal's body language, and comparing and contrasting to live animals, video, or images of that species' body language you've seen before. By [recognizing subtle signs](https://www.dogwise.com/an-a-z-ethogram-of-dog-behavior-and-body-language-streaming-video-on-demand-visual-study-guide-only-no-audio/?fbclid=IwAR3pmCuz-QWD6RWfasGVtSSlK8EdaUcrfYEtKvke8O032S3cg-mR7E%5FF36c%5Faem%5FAc9C5xUTJQcR55Wnc3SFsa3EWZriTyeMZYURw%5F8Qu0K04Yo908AtlIUHvUhkzdbjSSjpYrHfzrcaD8%5FaYTTT-DUc&ref=traincanine.com), trainers can identify when an animal is feeling overwhelmed, anxious, or stressed.

Incorporating breaks into training sessions is a great way to embrace this empathetic approach. When faced with a task that is emotionally difficult for an animal—such as a dog reacting to the sight of other dogs—temporarily shifting focus to an easier, unrelated behavior can provide much-needed relief. This strategy not only helps in managing the animal's stress levels but also in maintaining their motivation and engagement in the training process.

### How and when to take breaks in dog training

Let's consider an example to illustrate this method: [teaching a reactive dog to remain calm](https://journal.iaabcfoundation.org/three-dog-cases/?ref=traincanine.com) in the presence of other dogs. The goal might be to have the dog calmly observe another dog from a distance of five feet, with all four paws on the ground. Initially, the training might start at a more comfortable distance for the dog, say 25 feet away, using [counter-conditioning and desensitization](https://www.instinctdogtraining.com/counterconditioning-desensitization/?ref=traincanine.com) (CC/DS) techniques. However, to give the dog a break and an immediate sense of success, the trainer might temporarily remove the dog from the presence of the trigger and engage in a different activity, such as [training a hand target or touch](https://www.traincanine.com/hand-targeting-handout/).

![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/8e/39/8e39a9e9-cb69-43e0-9ad9-7b83467424a6/content/images/2024/03/dog-4259565_1280-min.jpg)

Image by [Donald Clark](https://pixabay.com/users/clarkdonald413-9744435/?utm%5Fsource=link-attribution&utm%5Fmedium=referral&utm%5Fcampaign=image&utm%5Fcontent=4259565) from [Pixabay](https://pixabay.com//?utm%5Fsource=link-attribution&utm%5Fmedium=referral&utm%5Fcampaign=image&utm%5Fcontent=4259565)

This seemingly unrelated behavior, touch, serves multiple purposes. First, it allows the dog to succeed at a task that is not emotionally charged, which can improve their ability to relax and readiness to learn. Second, it offers us a training tool that can later be woven into more challenging training scenarios. For instance, once the hand targeting behavior is well-established, it can be employed as [differential reinforcement of incompatible behavior](https://masteraba.com/differential-reinforcement/?ref=traincanine.com#dri') (DRI) or [differential reinforcement of other behavior](https://masteraba.com/differential-reinforcement/?ref=traincanine.com#dro) (DRO) within the context of CC/DS training. By doing so, when the dog is eventually exposed to the trigger (another dog) at a closer distance, they have a familiar, positive behavior to fall back on, which has been reinforced in the presence of the trigger.

### Understanding body language

The effectiveness of these strategies heavily relies on the trainer's ability to read and interpret the animal's body language accurately. Each species communicates stress, anxiety, and comfort in different ways, and developing your understanding of these signals is important to becoming a good animal trainer. For dog behavior professionals, we know [a dog might show stress](https://www.traincanine.com/is-my-dog-stressed-spot-the-signs-of-stress-in-dogs/) by yawning, licking its lips, or avoiding eye contact. Recognizing these signs allows us to adjust the session accordingly, ensuring the dog remains in a state conducive to learning.

For a practical breakdown of what relaxed body language looks like, see [How to tell if your dog is relaxed](https://www.traincanine.com/how-to-tell-if-your-dog-is-relaxed-body-language-and-signs/?utm%5Fsource=chatgpt.com).

### The "off switch": Teaching dogs when it's time to take a break

Imagine you're binge-watching your favorite TV series, and just as you're about to find out who the secret villain is, someone decides it's the perfect time to practice the trumpet right next to you. Frustrating, yeah? Dogs sometimes feel the same way during training sessions, especially when they've had enough but we're too caught up in the excitement of progress. That's where teaching an "off switch" cue or a "stop training" signal comes into play, turning these moments into opportunities for communication with and respect of your animal learner.

So, what does teaching an "off switch" cue look like? Picture this: You're in the middle of a training session, and you can tell your dog is starting to lose interest—maybe they're looking away or even starting to sniff around for distractions. This is your cue to bring in the "off switch." With a cheerful "All done!" and a specific hand signal (like a closed fist or a wave goodbye), you let your dog know that it's time to relax. No more cues, no more treats for tricks, break eye contact and start casually moving away from your dog. It's like saying, "Hey, we're on a break; go sniff, explore, or just lounge around."

Implementing an "off switch" cue goes beyond giving your dog a break. It's about building communication, letting them know that their comfort and willingness are top priorities. And here's the fun part: dogs catch on pretty quickly. Before you know it, they'll understand that "All done!" means they can kick back and enjoy some well-earned downtime, just like you do at the end of a long day.

#### Taking breaks to make progress

Incorporating breaks for the dog that are focused on easier, unrelated tasks during training sessions requires a blend of empathy, understanding, and planning. Teach your clients to take breaks during training by keeping training sessions short (no more than 10 minutes at a time), offering the dog a chance to play or relax in a comfortable spot with a chew toy. This method not only respects the emotional states of our animal learners but also enhances the overall training process. By fostering an environment where animals are emotionally supported, we pave the way for more effective learning and a stronger, more positive outcomes.

![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/8e/39/8e39a9e9-cb69-43e0-9ad9-7b83467424a6/content/images/2024/03/dog-2394600_1280-min.jpg)

Image by [Engin Akyurt](https://pixabay.com/users/engin%5Fakyurt-3656355/?utm%5Fsource=link-attribution&utm%5Fmedium=referral&utm%5Fcampaign=image&utm%5Fcontent=2394600) from [Pixabay](https://pixabay.com//?utm%5Fsource=link-attribution&utm%5Fmedium=referral&utm%5Fcampaign=image&utm%5Fcontent=2394600)
### Keeping your home-alone dog entertained
URL: https://www.traincanine.com/keeping-your-home-alone-dog-entertained/
Last updated: 2024-03-27T02:19:17.000Z
We all want our dogs to feel relaxed and secure, and with more and more of us [returning to the office](https://www.traincanine.com/10-ideas-for-what-to-do-with-your-puppy-while-youre-at-work/), providing a safe yet stimulating environment for our dogs while we're away from home is important. In this post, we'll explore the best indoor activities for home-alone dogs, ways to keep your dog entertained, and how to create a space that caters to their needs.

## Understanding solitary dog behaviors and needs

Before we dive into specific activities, it's essential to understand that dogs need mental and physical stimulation – especially if they're home alone for extended periods. Boredom can lead to destructive behavior such as chewing, digging, or excessive barking, or even [stereotypies](https://thebark.com/content/repetitive-behavior-dogs?ref=traincanine.com) such as licking or self-mutilation. Depending on your dog's breed, age, and temperament, the level of stimulation they require can differ greatly. A young puppy or older dog might be content to sleep for much of the day, while a growing puppy, adolescent, or active breed may require more activity to burn off energy. 

To determine the best ways to entertain your dog, observe their behavior when they are alone and provide activities that cater to their individual needs. It's also essential to note that solitary dogs may feel anxious or stressed when left alone, so pay attention to any signs your dog may be showing [separation distress](https://www.traincanine.com/puppy-has-separation-anxiety/). A [dog behavior consultant](https://iaabc.org/consultants?ref=traincanine.com) and your veterinarian are people you can contact for help in the event your dog exhibits signs of separation anxiety.

![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/8e/39/8e39a9e9-cb69-43e0-9ad9-7b83467424a6/content/images/2023/11/dog-963970_1280.jpg)

Image by [James Smith](https://pixabay.com/users/jameslee-158922/?utm%5Fsource=link-attribution&utm%5Fmedium=referral&utm%5Fcampaign=image&utm%5Fcontent=963970) from [Pixabay](https://pixabay.com//?utm%5Fsource=link-attribution&utm%5Fmedium=referral&utm%5Fcampaign=image&utm%5Fcontent=963970)

## Indoor activities for home-alone dogs

To create a comfortable environment for your dog while you're away, consider the following:

- A space where your dog can move around
- A comfortable place to relax and sleep
- Access to toys and chews
- Interaction opportunities (via smart toys or cameras, or drop-in visitors such as pet sitters, dog walkers, or trainers)

## Creating stimulating environments for home-alone dogs

Provide opportunities for your dog to exercise their mind and body.

### DIY dog entertainment and puzzles

Don't let expensive toys and gadgets limit your creativity when it comes to keeping your dog entertained. DIY dog puzzles can provide hours of stimulation at a fraction of the cost. Be sure to test your puzzles at home with your dog first where you can observe them. You want to make sure they aren't eating or ingesting anything that isn't food while solving the puzzle before leaving them alone with one. Here are a few ideas:

1. **Muffin tin puzzle**: Place treats in the cups of a muffin tin and cover each cup with a tennis ball. Your dog will need to figure out how to remove the balls to access the treats.
2. **Cardboard box puzzle**: Hide treats inside a cardboard box filled with soft fabric or crumpled paper for your dog to dig through.
3. **Treat-filled Kong**: Stuff a Kong toy with pouches of chicken or tuna, yogurt, or canned dog food. Freezing the kong can extend the activity further.
4. **Bottle spinner:** Take an empty plastic bottle and cut small incisions on its sides. Insert your dog's favorite treats or kibble in the bottle. Your dog will have to spin the bottle to make the treats fall through the incisions.
5. **Wrapping paper game:** Wrap your dog's favorite treats in newsprint or old magazine pages. Your dog can unwrap the presents to find the treats!
6. **Hide and seek treat game:** Hide your dog's favorite treats in different parts of your home. This not only provides physical exercise but also works on their sense of smell.

### Smart toys and cameras for dogs

If you're willing to invest in technology, there are several smart toys and cameras designed to entertain and monitor your dog when they're home alone.

1. **Interactive treat dispensers**: Devices like the [Furbo Dog Camera](https://shopus.furbo.com/?ref=traincanine.com) or [Petcube Bites](https://petcube.com/bites/?ref=traincanine.com) let you remotely interact with your pet and dispense treats via your smartphone.
2. **Automated toys**: The [iFetch](https://ifetch.pro/?ref=traincanine.com) ball thrower keeps your pup entertained with automated fetch sessions, while the [Pet Qwerks Babble Ball](https://petqwerks.com/?ref=traincanine.com) features various sounds to entice play.
3. **Puzzle toys**: Toys like the [Outward Hound Hide-A-Squirrel](https://outwardhound.com/hide-a-squirrel-brown.html?ref=traincanine.com) challenge your dog to retrieve hidden animals while satisfying their natural hunting instincts.
4. **Two-way cameras:** The [Ring camera](https://ring.com/ca/fr/pets?utm%5Fsource=google&utm%5Fmedium=search-cpc&utm%5Fcampaign=evergreen-na-2023&utm%5Fcontent=general-dynamic-na-general-na&utm%5Fterm=brandexact&gclid=CjwKCAiAx%5FGqBhBQEiwAlDNAZmcAEUfxYf-Updt4IZfMMjHM7SKv4wqeySyGZ7N2SM9RRnEXFXuSVhoCtTEQAvD%5FBwE) and the [Nest Cam](https://store.google.com/ca/product/nest%5Fcam%5Findoor?hl=en-CA&gclid=CjwKCAiAx%5FGqBhBQEiwAlDNAZpduYokZkFf%5FRAOwlGl5m3VJ2h45pWFWo4T6lS8zUaXVt8HsJQIgZRoCvxkQAvD%5FBwE&gclsrc=aw.ds&ref=traincanine.com) allow you to check in on your dog and speak to them.

![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/8e/39/8e39a9e9-cb69-43e0-9ad9-7b83467424a6/content/images/2023/11/french-bulldog-4301672_1280.jpg)

Image by [Myléne](https://pixabay.com/users/mylene2401-10328767/?utm%5Fsource=link-attribution&utm%5Fmedium=referral&utm%5Fcampaign=image&utm%5Fcontent=4301672) from [Pixabay](https://pixabay.com//?utm%5Fsource=link-attribution&utm%5Fmedium=referral&utm%5Fcampaign=image&utm%5Fcontent=4301672)

### Dog walkers: Worth their weight in gold

Pet sitters, dog walkers, or trainers can provide valuable interaction and exercise for your dog while you're away. Consider asking for recommendations from friends or your veterinarian, or local pet supply store staff. Some pet sitters and walkers offer extended services, such as hikes, small playgroups, or dog park visits, which can provide additional mental and physical stimulation for your dog. It's essential to thoroughly interview any potential caregivers and ensure they have proper insurance and qualifications.

Many [dog trainers](https://apps.apdt.com/eweb/DynamicPage.aspx?webcode=TrainerSearch&ref=traincanine.com) offer in-home sessions while you're at work, creating a win-win: your dog gets a potty break, a fun, treat-filled training session and mental stimulation, and you get all the benefits of the training! 

If your budget is tight, hiring a pet sitter or walker even once a week can give your dog a much-needed opportunity to stretch and sniff. You can also consider asking friends or neighbors with flexible schedules to drop by, or offer to trade favors with someone who can work remotely with your dog for the day!

![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/8e/39/8e39a9e9-cb69-43e0-9ad9-7b83467424a6/content/images/2023/11/dog-6020130_1280.jpg)

Image by [Vladan Rajkovic](https://pixabay.com/users/kampfmonchichi-11183378/?utm%5Fsource=link-attribution&utm%5Fmedium=referral&utm%5Fcampaign=image&utm%5Fcontent=6020130) from [Pixabay](https://pixabay.com//?utm%5Fsource=link-attribution&utm%5Fmedium=referral&utm%5Fcampaign=image&utm%5Fcontent=6020130)

## Ensuring a happy pup at home, while you're at work

Keeping your home-alone dog entertained requires understanding their individual needs and providing a stimulating environment. Take note of the things your dog likes to do while you are home together, and see which of these can translate to enrichment activities while you're away.

Creating an engaging and safe environment for your home-alone pet is crucial to their overall well-being. By understanding your dog's needs, offering DIY entertainment or investing in smart toys and cameras, you can increase their mental and physical stimulation levels during your absence. By taking the time to develop an enrichment plan that includes the right activities, toys, and interaction opportunities, you can help prevent boredom-related behaviors in your dog.
### Why dog training clients don’t follow through (and what to do about it)
URL: https://www.traincanine.com/simple-tricks-to-help-dog-training-clients-succeed/
Last updated: 2026-04-07T18:15:34.000Z
*Updated April 2026*

Are you a professional dog trainer looking for ways to better communicate with your clients? Are you familiar with the communication challenges that arise when training clients’ dogs? If so, then this article can help you hone your communication skills and ensure successful client-trainer relationships. 

### You'll learn:

- Why clients don’t follow through (even when they agree)
- What actually improves client participation
- How to set clients up for success between sessions

## Understand the client's expectations for their dog

When it comes to client communication, clear expectations are key. Before accepting a case or beginning any training, make sure that both you and your client agree on what about their dog's behavior they would like to change. Ask yourself a few questions to set both you and your client up for success: Have you successfully tackled this type of case before? Has the client discussed their dog's behavior problem with their veterinarian, or if not, are they willing to? Do you have information about the dog's previous behavior, the home and neighborhood, and the client's availability to assist in the training?‌‌‌‌

Answers to these questions provide valuable insight about the case and can help you determine which training methods are best. Additionally, discuss with clients what behaviors they would like to see in their dog and how they plan to reinforce those behaviors so that both of you are on the same page. Establishing this clarity from the start ensures that everyone is taking a cooperative approach to improving their dog's behavior.

## Set realistic goals together at the beginning of sessions

At the start of each dog training or behavior modification case, I like to check in with my clients to set realistic goals. While it's important to resolve the behavior issue or training problem we were called to tackle, it's also important that we give measurable tasks at each session that the client can successfully complete within our limited time together. This helps us ensure that each client feels accomplished and motivated to keep training until the next visit! By setting realistic goals early on, clients come away knowing they are making progress towards changing their dog's behavior every step of the way.

![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/8e/39/8e39a9e9-cb69-43e0-9ad9-7b83467424a6/content/images/2023/09/sarandy-westfall--itLKdE7ojA-unsplash-1.jpg)

## Create a positive and supportive environment

Creating a positive and supportive environment for dog behavior modification doesn't have to be difficult. It can be as simple as making sure the dog is allowed physical boundaries in the client's home, that the dog gets enough exercise, and that your client sets aside a regular time to work on training, even for just a few minutes each day. These are all small ways to facilitate connection with your clients and to help ensure the dog's well-being.

## Help clients break down their goals into manageable steps

This is the big one. The biggest one. This is the reason clients don't follow through on their homework or your instructions—there are simply too many other things competing for their time and attention. Your training instructions need to be clear, relevant, and easy for them to complete in a couple of 10 minute sessions per day. This means considering both the dog and your client in you training plan, understanding learning theory, and creating an environment where the dog can learn and your client can solve problems as they arise. Breaking the goal down in this way helps eliminate frustration for both dog and your client, by allowing them to focus on one piece of the behavior change plan at a time without feeling overwhelmed.

## Encourage clients to celebrate client successes, no matter how small

One of the most rewarding parts of my job is watching dogs and their humans grow together over time. Expanding a dog's level of trust, self-confidence or welfare can be a slow process – and that's why it's so important to help clients take notice of even their smallest successes along the way. Sure, the big leaps they take are obvious milestones to celebrate, but those little victories add up too. I always make sure to congratulate clients on achievements like their dog reaching new comfort levels around other dogs or mastering a basic training exercise with their pup. That way, their dog's behavioral improvements will serve as encouragement for them to keep going.

## Be available for support between sessions

Supporting clients between sessions is one of the most important parts of your dog training or behavior consulting business. Make sure your clients know that they don't have to wait until the next appointment to get the answers or help from you. Some ideas to maintain between-session communication include video conferencing, text, email, or recorded video. I always let clients know that if their dog has any new behavior issues between sessions and requires assistance, we are happy to provide tips and advice on how best to address it at no additional charge.

## Add value with pertinent questions

As a professional dog trainer, one of the most important things you can do is set realistic goals with your clients from the very beginning. By asking questions related to their long-term goals, you can build a training plan that starts meeting their needs and their dog's needs on day one. Helping them succeed early on will not only add value to your services, but also create a greater sense of trust between you and the client.

## Follow up with helpful resources

When you follow up after each session, provide the client with helpful resources that can support their continued progress. This could include anything from videos on YouTube, blog posts, or even your own written material. By providing resources that are tailored to the client's specific needs, they will be better equipped to reach their goals faster and with more accuracy.

## Set up progress reviews

As clients start making progress with their dogs, be sure to encourage them to celebrate their successes – no matter how small. Periodically review a client's progress with them throughout their dog's training or behavior modification work. Doing so allows you to adjust your training plan as needed, and allows you to ensure quality of life for both the dog and client. Reviewing your progress together also helps clients stay engaged and motivated throughout the training process. Often clients may feel frustrated or discouraged throughout the training process. Showing them something as simple as a comparison of data you collected early in the plan, versus where they are with their dog now, can make a huge difference in their outlook.

## Help create lasting transformations for clients and dogs

Dog trainers can make a real impact in the lives of their clients and their dogs. Being a dog trainer is an incredible privilege, but it comes with a lot of responsibility. With these tips, professional dog trainers can help their clients succeed and build rewarding relationships with their pups. So, put your knowledge to work and support your clients - you'll keep them coming back, and they're likely to send their friends your way!
### Problems with your dog's recall?
URL: https://www.traincanine.com/problems-with-your-dogs-recall/
Last updated: 2026-06-01T21:20:06.000Z
Jess was feeling overwhelmed. Eight months of hard work and dedication had gone into training her beloved 18-month-old rescue pup, Daisy, yet all that progress seemed to have disappeared in a moment.

It started when Jess and Daisy set off for the holidays. While away from their usual environment, something changed for Daisy. Suddenly, she no longer responded to Jess and refused to come when called - leaving Jess feeling both frustrated and disappointed. Jess couldn't understand how this could be happening after all the time he'd invested in training her.

Jess worked tirelessly with Daisy each day, offering treats as reward whenever she did something right and gently redirecting her focus whenever she strayed off course or misbehaved. She also took time out of each day to give her love and affection. Jess called me because she couldn't understand why her hard work and training with Daisy didn't seem to stick.

To help Jess with Daisy's recall, I suggested she build rewards into her daily interactions with Daisy, and think of training more as the way Jess behaves around Daisy, rather than dedicated time spent teaching recall. 

For example, I reinforce my dogs all day long for a variety of recall cues -- patting my leg, calling their name, calling their nicknames, making kissing noises, running the other direction, things like that. Sometimes I give them excellent scritches, sometimes we play, and most often, I feed. I advised Jess to watch Daisy's mood and anticipate what she'll be most interested in at that time. 

In my dog training practice, puppies and new dogs don't get kibble from a dish -- all of their food is fed as treats or from interactive toys, also handed to them for sticking near me. For Jess, it was important that she rewarded Daisy frequently -- whether it's around the house or while on a walk -- consistency is key in teaching a dog for the long-term. 

The most important change to Jess's behavior to improve Daisy's recall was to not let Daisy off leash unless Jess was 99.9 percent certain Daisy would come for her reward. (Remember that "recall" doesn't have to be a word -- it can be you making noise, clapping, moving away.) Jess used a long line to build this behavior in new and unfamiliar places, so she didn't have to worry about Daisy ignoring her or running away.

If you're struggling to improve your dog's recall, remember that your training will stick if you practice recall in a variety of environments and scenarios. Use a long line to start. If possible, start practicing with your pup in a low distraction setting in the new place. 

As your dog becomes more reliable, you can increase the difficulty by adding different sounds and smells that may distract them. Be sure to allow plenty of time for play between recalls - this makes learning recall behaviors more enjoyable for her. By gradually increasing the level of difficulty and sticking with it, your pup will have a strong recall that can be trusted regardless of where you are. As Jess discovered, with just a few adjustments to her training approach, she could create a consistent way for Daisy to succeed. 

Teaching your pup to come when called in unfamiliar places can be a challenge. It requires patience, consistency and practice, but with a few simple tips you can help your four-legged friend learn this important behavior. Start by introducing them to different environments on a long lead or leash, allowing them the freedom to explore their surroundings while keeping them close. As they become more comfortable, it's essential to gradually increase the distance between you and them while still maintaining control over their actions. The best way to accomplish this is through positive reinforcement like treats, playtime, or relaxing physical touch when they do respond. With each successful recall in increasingly challenging settings, your dog will eventually develop a reliable habit of coming back whenever you call them - no matter where you are!
### Make sure your dog focuses anywhere you go + PDF handout
URL: https://www.traincanine.com/making-sure-your-dog-focuses-anywhere-you-go-a-how-to/
Last updated: 2026-06-01T21:22:14.000Z
I used to be a pet sitter and dog walker. There were two dogs in particular, we'll call them Roxy and Rex, who I took on outings to busy places where there were people and other animals. When I first started walking Roxy and Rex, I was frustrated because they would always get distracted by their surroundings, tugging at the leash and sometimes lunging at squirrels and other dogs. I knew I had to start training them to pay attention in new environments – it was a safety issue as well as a training one! **(Want to train this yourself? Keep reading or scroll to the bottom to download the PDF handout!)**

Every time we went on a walk, I had a plan of action. As soon as we arrived at our destination I made sure to feed both dogs as soon as they got out of the car. This taught them to pay attention to me as soon as their paws were on the ground, rather than scan the horizon for something to chase.

I had to make sure the treats I used matched the environment. If the new surroundings are too distracting or the treat wasn't high-value enough, I had to adjust one or the other.

From there, I shortened my leash to 3-4 feet and stood completely still behind the dogs. Soon one or both turned to look at me, wondering what I was doing. I immediately rewarded this behavior with a few treats, took a step sideways and waited again. I would do this at least five times, then we took the world's shortest walk: in a small circle about 10 feet across. At any point on the circle that they paid attention to me, I fed. If not, we've arrived back at the car and I stood behind them again, until they looked at me and I could reward them.

After several days of this routine, the results were clear: both Roxy and Rex were attentive and no longer a safety hazard. You can also train your dog to pay attention to you in new environments, rather than hang out on the end of the leash and ignore you. Start by setting your dog up for success from the very beginning, following the steps above.

Start working in lower-distraction environments at first, and gradually increase the level of distraction as your dog learns. Only work in one or two locations per day, keeping the training sessions short: Don't continue on a long walk after training and hit "reset" on all your hard work! 

Repeat this training in as many locations as you can, gradually extending your circles, or walking in straight lines out and back, gradually lowering the amount of food you give your dog for checking in to every five minutes or so. 

With a few weeks of consistent training and limiting your outings at first until your dog learns to check in, you'll be on real exploratory walks again. You can use a release cue like "Go sniff!" or "Go play!" to let your dog know you aren't going to be feeding check-ins for a few minutes.

Congratulations! You've just taken the first steps to teaching your dog to focus in new environments. By following these simple tips and applying them consistently, you can help your four-legged friend stay focused in any situation. **If you'd like more information or want a handy PDF guide to refer back to, subscribe below and receive an exclusive handout** of how to train your dog to pay attention in new places -- it's the perfect way to kick start your pup's success!

_This post is for subscribers only._
### What professional dog trainers know about using treats
URL: https://www.traincanine.com/what-pro-dog-trainers-know-about-using-treats/
Last updated: 2026-06-09T20:34:17.000Z
Amy had always wanted a Doberman pinscher – she had read about them and knew they were loyal, confident and smart. She scoured the internet for breeders and reviews, ensuring to find one that offered healthy puppies with good temperaments. One breeder stood out from all the rest: they had fantastic reviews, a long history of breeding healthy dogs and a rigorous training protocol for their puppies. After much anticipation, Amy finally brought home her new pup: Finnegan!

Amy had prepped everything just right for Finn's arrival, but soon she was worried that she wouldn't be able to properly train him. She tried her best to teach him new words and basic manners, but it seemed like he didn't understand what she wanted him to do. Amy decided that it was time to bring in a professional dog trainer.

The first thing the trainer suggested was treats! Amy had heard stories of treats being used as bribery and felt guilty about rewarding her pet for good behavior. But when Amy took the plunge and started rewarding Finnegan for his good behavior using food, she quickly realized that treats were an essential part of training her pup. After some trial and error, Amy learned how to use treats effectively in order to reward her pup's obedience – without overindulging him or creating bad habits.

### Treats for training: The secret to success with your pup

Professional trainers understand that treats are an essential tool for training and reinforcing good behavior. Treats provide positive reinforcement when your pup has mastered something difficult or is trying to learn a new behavior.

First, treats should be consistent with the difficulty of the task you’re asking your pup to do. Trainers use treats that are appropriate to the task at hand. For example, if you want to teach your puppy to feel calm and relaxed at the vet's office, pair being lifted onto the exam table with food that your puppy absolutely adores and will eat even under a little stress.

Second, treats should be varied. Your dog has tastes and preferences, just like we do! Pay attention to which treats your dog seems to like most. Look out for signs like tail wagging, licking lips, or jumping up when certain treats are offered. Also pay attention to the type of treats your dog prefers in terms of texture, flavor, and size. Most dogs prefer soft treats to crunchy ones, and soft treats are usually faster for the dog to eat during a training session, meaning you can reward more of the behavior you're looking for. Experiment with different types of treats so you can rank them in order your dog loves.

Finally, treats should be healthy! Ask your vet what treats are safe and healthy for your pup. Don't forget that treats should make up no more than 10% of their total diet, so whenever possible, professional trainers use the dog's regular kibble to train.

### What kinds of treats do most trainers use?

Most trainers use real food to train dogs. Some human foods I've used that dogs love include chicken, cheese, peanut butter, salmon, sardines, roast beef, turkey, and liver.

When I need to reach for store-bought treats, Red Barn food rolls and Bil Jac Little Jacs are my go-tos. Other heavy-duty treat options include canned food, especially canned cat food, and meat-based baby food.

![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/8e/39/8e39a9e9-cb69-43e0-9ad9-7b83467424a6/content/images/2022/12/foodroll.jpg)

![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/8e/39/8e39a9e9-cb69-43e0-9ad9-7b83467424a6/content/images/2022/12/billjac.jpg)

### Benefits of feeding your dog treats during training sessions

Using treats to train dogs is an effective way to reward and reinforce good behavior, according to learning theory. Food treats are a powerful reinforcement for dogs since they're highly motivated by food -- they need it to live! Combined with your good timing, treats provide immediate positive feedback so the dog knows what it did right, encouraging them to repeat that same behavior in the future (**operant conditioning**). Moreover, treats make the training process more enjoyable for your pup, making future behaviors easier to train (**respondent conditioning**).

[Operant conditioning](https://www.simplypsychology.org/operant-conditioning.html?ref=traincanine.com) is a type of learning where what happens after a behavior affects whether that behavior will happen again in the future. For example, if a dog does something and then gets a treat, the dog will learn to do that behavior again because it gets a reward. The treats act as a reward to help teach the dog exactly what behavior you want.

[Respondent conditioning](https://www.simplypsychology.org/classical-conditioning.html?ref=traincanine.com) is a type of learning where two things are connected in your dog's mind. The dog learns to do something in response to a particular trigger, or stimulus. This happens when the same thing happens over and over again, and you start to associate the two things. For example, if you give a dog a treat every time they see a new dog, they will learn to look for a treat anytime they see a new dog (the stimulus).

### How many treats to feed in a training session

How many treats to feed in a training session depends on your dog, the size of the treats, the difficulty of the training task, and how busy it is at your training location.

Amy had been working with Finnegan in their quiet neighborhood on making eye contact and walking on leash without pulling. She and Finnegan were about to start their first training session on a crowded city sidewalk. She was excited but nervous at the same time, since this would be her first time training a dog in public. The trainer had suggested she use human food treats in this situation, and Amy had stocked up on shredded chicken, which Finnegan loved and could safely eat without upsetting his tummy. To start, Amy gave Finnegan five treats about every three or four seconds for paying attention to her with so many people around. As the short, 10-minute session went on, she gradually increased the duration to five seconds when Finnegan was particularly focused or was walking beside her without pulling.

Amy was able to repeat these sessions over the course of the next several weeks, gradually replacing the shredded chicken with a little chicken mixed with Finnegan's regular meals once he was comfortable and had learned to walk on leash on the crowded sidewalk.

### Tips for finding the right type of treats to use with your dog

1\. Ask your vet for advice on treats that are safe and healthy for your dog, as well as what treats to avoid.

2\. Consider treats that match the difficulty of the task you’re asking your pup to do - don't be stingy! Plan on using real food like chicken, cheese, or pouches of salmon, versus manufactured treats, for especially tricky or new situations.

3\. Choose treats that are small enough so you can give multiple rewards in a session without overfeeding your dog.

4\. Make sure treats have an enticing smell or taste that will motivate and excite your pup during training sessions.

5\. Check if treats have a long shelf-life or whether they need to be frozen or refrigerated. It's best to keep them fresh while they're stored away

6\. Find a variety of foods your dog likes, so that training doesn't become boring or repetitive; make sure there is something new each time! If necessary, experiment with different types until you find specific treats that work best.

### Unleashing the power of treats in dog training

As for Amy, she was determined to make sure that Finnegan knew how to go into his crate and stay on a mat. She realized that treats would be an important part of the training process, so she got the right treats for him. After researching different treats and consulting her vet, she selected treats made from all-natural ingredients and high-quality proteins that were easily digestible.

After getting the treats, Amy set out to start Finnegan's crate training. She started by placing a few treats in the crate and encouraging Finnegan to come into the crate with some verbal cues. Whenever he did so, she praised him verbally and gave him a treat. As time went by, she increased the distance between where he was standing and the crate before releasing him for a treat. After just a few days of practice, Finn learned to go into his crate on cue!

Amy's next challenge was teaching Finn to stay on a mat for short periods of time. To do this, Amy employed "shaping", which is a type of behavior modification technique that gradually increases difficulty until your pup masters what you want them to do. First, Amy placed treats around the edges of a mat in order to encourage Finn to explore it. When he showed interest in it by sniffing around it or stepping onto it, she rewarded him with treats and words of affirmation.

Soon, Finn began associating the mat with rewards. Amy stopped putting treats directly onto the mat, but still rewarded him when he stayed on it more than two seconds at a time. Once he successfully stayed on the mat for up to five seconds at a time without treats being placed on it, Amy began introducing verbal cues such as “Stay” or "Free" to help Finn understand when he was supposed to stay on the mat versus when he could leave the mat. Finally, after several days of consistent training sessions with treats as positive reinforcement for following Amy's cues, Finn mastered staying on his mat.

Amy realized that treats were far more than just bribery–they were an effective way of reinforcing good behavior in her pup! 

### Unlocking the potential of treats in dog training

By using learning theory to our advantage, you can use treats to successfully teach your dogs new behaviors in the same way pro dog trainers do. Treats can be used as positive reinforcement for good behavior and tailored to match the difficulty of what you are asking your pup to do. It is important that treats have an enticing smell or taste that will motivate and excite your pup during training sessions. Finally, it's best if you find a variety of treats so that training doesn't become boring or repetitive. With these tips in mind, treats can help turn any mischievous pooch into an obedient one in no time at all. When it comes to teaching your dog proper manners, remember: treats are easy, fast, and fun!
### How to get your dog's attention fast: Teach an interruptor cue
URL: https://www.traincanine.com/interruption-cue/
Last updated: 2022-12-27T20:44:24.000Z
James and his golden retriever, Emma, had been inseparable ever since James adopted her two years ago. Everywhere James went, Emma followed and thanks to James' dedication to training, he and Emma were able to enjoy a number of adventures together.

One sunny day, James decided to take Emma to a nearby park to play fetch. As they strolled along the path, they soon encountered another dog – a small poodle who greeted Emma with a play bow. James and the poodle's person decided to turn the two dogs loose in the nearby fenced play area. Emma and the poodle took a liking to one another immediately, bounding off into an open field for a game of tag. As they wrestled on the grassy expanse with joyous abandon, James kept an eye Emma – sometimes she would get too rambunctious when playing with other dogs.

Worry started to set in as he watched the poodle leave the wrestling match and hide under a bench to avoid Emma. James hastily called out “Hello!”, an interruptor cue he had trained Bailey on months prior. Thankfully, it worked like a charm – Emma stopped dead in her tracks and turned around expectantly towards him for further instruction.

The poodle took the moment to jet back towards its owner - leaving James relieved! He quickly praised Emma for listening so well before offering her some tasty treats as reward, which she was more than happy to accept!

Can you relate to James and Emma's experience, or does it feel like trouble getting your pup to pay attention? Does it seem like no matter how loud you yell or how much you wave your arms, they just keep running around and ignoring you? Don't worry -- we've all been there! But with a few simple steps, you can teach your dog an interruptor cue that will have them paying attention in no time. Read on for our top tips on teaching your pup the interruptor cue and get ready to become the master of training!

### Teach your dog to snap to attention

Gather your treats and put your dog leash. Once you have gathered your treats and leash, it is important to find a quiet spot without too many distractions. You want your dog to be able to focus on the task at hand, so making sure the environment is conducive to learning is key. For example, if you are trying to teach your pup an interruptor cue in a park, chances are they will get distracted by the other dogs or people walking by before they can pick up the cue.

**Training steps:**

1. Watch quietly for your dog to pay attention to you. If you need to move backwards or walk away from your dog to catch his attention, that's fine
2. As soon as your dog looks at you, say “Hello!” or another attention-getting word or phrase. If you use a moderately loud/serious tone of voice, your dog will learn to pay attention to the tone of your voice as well as the word.
3. This step is extremely important! Feed your dog treats immediately, as soon as you say the word or phrase. Your dog does not need to sit, lie down, or come to you to get the treats. Simply feed three or four delicious treats in a row.
4. Repeat Steps 1-4 for two or three sessions in different locations, 10-12 times per session.
5. Once your dog “snaps to attention” when you say “Hello!”, you are ready to test it a bit. Try waiting to say “Hello” when your dog is not focused on you, but not totally distracted either. For example, use your cue when your dog is sniffing the ground or gazing away from you but not laser-focused on something else.
6. Repeat 10 to 20 times (you may have to take a little more time, spacing these out in random intervals as your dog will start paying close attention).
7. Test your interruptor cue with a real-world scenario! When your pup is in the middle of something else, like sniffing the ground or chasing a squirrel, say “That’s enough!” and watch as they quickly switch their attention to you. If she passes the test (she stops playing and looks at you expectantly), feed her your treats and let her go back to playing. In the event you do not want her to continue playing, have a leash handy so you can clip it on, and feed even more treats once she’s clear of the other dog.
8. Practice your interruptor cue often with and without other dogs, so it stays sharp. Make sure to reward your dog with treats for making the right choice! As you continue this practice, you'll find that your pup is able to stop what they're doing and pay attention to you faster and more reliably.

By following these simple steps, you can teach your pup an interruptor cue that will have them paying attention to you in no time. Remember, start by gathering treats and standing in a quiet spot without distractions. You can move backwards to catch their attention if need be. When they finally pay attention, say your word or phrase of choice with a moderately loud/serious tone and immediately feed treats three or four times in a row. Practice this 10-12 times per session for two or three sessions at different locations until your dog “snaps to attention” when you give your cue. Finally, test it out in real-world scenarios like when they're sniffing the ground or chasing squirrels - when they switch their focus to you quickly reward them with treats! With practice and consistency, soon your pup will be able to interrupt themselves faster and more reliably than ever before.

Teaching interruptor cues requires patience and consistency. Give yourself and your pup plenty of time and praise during each practice session - eventually, it'll become second nature!
### Why your dog only listens when you have food
URL: https://www.traincanine.com/why-your-dog-only-listens-when-you-have-food/
Last updated: 2026-09-01T22:47:06.000Z
I want to talk about an important issue that I'm sure many of you have experienced: why your dog only seems to listen when you have food.

I know firsthand how frustrating it can be when your dog ignores you unless you have a treat in hand. But there's actually a reason behind this behavior, and once you understand it, you can start to work on breaking the habit. So read on to learn more about why your dog only listens when food is involved - and what you can do about it!

## Have you ever wondered why your dog only seems to listen when you have food in your hand?

Have you ever seen that look your dog gives you when you whip out those treats? You know the one I'm talking about–their eyes light up and they seem to be begging, "please, please" with their ears perked up attentively. Training with treats is a common dog training technique–by rewarding good behavior with small treats or snacks, your pup learns that it's beneficial for them to continue performing that behavior.

There's no harm in giving a treat every single time your dog does something you like! The more often you reinforce behavior you like, the more often the dog will do it. But there are times when you might not have a food treat handy, and you want to still reward your dog to keep the behavior going strong. And it is a problem if the dog won't perform the behavior at all unless they see a treat in your hand.

## Dogs are wired to search for food

If you're a dog trainer, you know that food is one of the most useful tools of dog training. Not because our furry friends are motivated solely by greed, but because dogs are scavengers, and food is necessary for their survival. That's why your pup is so eager to do whatever you want if they see a treat in the equation--they're just doing what comes naturally.

The mammal brain is an amazing organ, and one of the coolest things about it is its tendency to seek out new activity. This innate desire for stimulation is what drives people to try new things and take on new challenges. When we experience something novel, our brains release dopamine, which makes us feel good. That's why dogs tend to enjoy eating so much--not only does eating satisfy any hunger, it also triggers the release of dopamine in their brains.

When we train our dogs using food, we use these mechanisms to our advantage to show dogs that certain activities--the ones we want them to do--"pay" more than others.

![White German Shepherd with his nose in the camera](https://storage.ghost.io/c/8e/39/8e39a9e9-cb69-43e0-9ad9-7b83467424a6/content/images/2022/12/dog-6020130_1280.jpg)

The nose knows when there is food!

## Dogs understand if they want something, they can do what worked the last time

For living organisms, learning is all about cause and effect. Dogs are no exception! If they want something, they quickly learn that doing what worked the last time – popping their paw up for a belly rub or offering a sit – will almost always get them what they want.

The same goes for us people, too. When we're training our dogs with food in our hand, we tend to repeat this behavior because the dog does what we want. We need to change our behavior and take the food out of our hands! This way our dogs can learn that food rewards and other reinforcing activities are still available, even if the food isn't in our hands.

Instead of holding the food in your hand, try placing the food on a nearby table, or using a treat pouch. You can also adjust where the treat pouch sits on your body, so your dog doesn't get used to seeing it in the same location all the time.

## Make a list of things your dog likes besides food

If your dog won't listen unless you have treats, then it's time to set up some alternate reinforcers.

What are some of your dog's favorite activities? You can use praise words you've already associated with food (I tend to say "Good JOB!" with a certain inflection), back, chest, or rump scratches, a favorite toy, or access to the outdoors or even playtime with another dog to reinforce the behavior you want during training.

For example, if your dog is walking beside you on a leash, you can reward them with verbal praise and a quick chest scratch, and deliver a treat. As the behavior is being established, start to reduce the treats in favor of the praise and chest scratch. Save the use of food for places where it is harder for the dog to walk calmly on lead.

![Small terrier playing with a hose that's turned on](https://storage.ghost.io/c/8e/39/8e39a9e9-cb69-43e0-9ad9-7b83467424a6/content/images/2022/12/dog-1310545_1280.jpg)

All kinds of activities can be turned into fun rewards for your dog.

## Train your dog to listen to you, even when there's no food in sight

**1\. Start small and build up:** Give your dog treats or rewards for even the smallest successes in training, such as looking at you when you call their name, or sitting when asked. Doing this will help your dog to understand that rewards do not always have to be visible, but can still be earned.

**2\. Make sure your reinforcement is varied:** Provide a mix of treats, playtime activities, cuddles and affection as rewards for good behavior. This will ensure that your dog does not become overly reliant on food to perform the behavior.

**3\. Practice reinforcing your dog's behavior with something other than food:** Once your pup has gotten accustomed to performing behavior with the help of treats, plan training sessions with your dog that use a mix of food and other activities your dog likes. This will help prevent your dog from relying on the presence of food to listen to you.

In conclusion, if your dog only seems to listen when there's food involved, don't despair! By changing up the location of your dog's treats, varying your treat delivery, creating additional reinforcers, and with consistent practice, you can teach your pup to be attentive with or without food in your hand.
### 7 reasons your puppy is acting like a monster
URL: https://www.traincanine.com/7-reasons-your-puppy-is-acting-like-a-monster/
Last updated: 2026-06-09T18:46:31.000Z
1. **She’s hungry.** Assuming your puppy is feeling well and has an appetite, she’ll want [3–4 meals per day](https://www.purina.com/articles/puppy/feeding/how-often-to-feed-a-puppy?ref=traincanine.com), maybe with some snacks in between. A hungry puppy will bite and mouth and can be difficult to dissuade. If your pup is acting this way, see if it coincides with her usual mealtimes.
2. **She’s tired.** Puppies need a lot of sleep: [up to 20 hours a day](https://www.akc.org/expert-advice/health/how-much-do-puppies-sleep/?ref=traincanine.com)! A puppy who isn’t properly rested can seem like she has lots of energy. But what you’re seeing is an overtired puppy, who much like an overtired toddler, needs to rest.
3. **She may not feel well.** Between [deworming](https://vitapet.com/au/vitapet-central/articles/puppy-worming-schedule/?ref=traincanine.com) and your puppy's [vaccination schedule](https://www.avma.org/resources-tools/pet-owners/petcare/vaccinations?ref=traincanine.com), even a healthy puppy may have moments of discomfort that can lead to more mouthing, biting, or jumping behavior than usual. Vomiting, diarrhea, lethargy, and refusal to eat can be signs of a [medical emergency](https://www.akc.org/expert-advice/health/should-i-call-my-dogs-vet/?ref=traincanine.com) – contact your veterinarian right away if you see any of these changes in your puppy.
4. **She needs appropriate activities.** If your puppy isn’t getting enough mental stimulation, she might start acting wild. Think about puppy-proofing a room or area of your house and adding toys, chews, and anything else that will keep her occupied for a bit. [You can play with her too](https://youtu.be/m%5FJ0nCfEJ8o?ref=traincanine.com).
5. **She has to potty.** When you’re house-training your puppy, it can feel impossible to stay ahead of every time she needs to go outside. A puppy who is learning to potty outdoors may try various ways of getting your attention, including nipping or barking — or she may seem unsettled, distracted or agitated. When in doubt, take her out. This [free puppy house-training checklist](https://www.traincanine.com/puppy-house-training-checklist/) gives you a simple way to review timing, supervision, and what happens before accidents.
6. **It’s evening.** Dogs are crepuscular, meaning they become active at twilight. Your puppy is likely to ramp up as you’re trying to ramp down. Plan on exercising, training, or playing with your puppy before feeding her evening meal. Then she can rest in her crate with a [stuffed Kong](https://www.kongcompany.com/library/how-to-stuff-a-kong/?ref=traincanine.com).
7. **Your puppy might actually be a monster.** This is worth considering. Did you go against every sane person’s advice and get a Malinois puppy? Border Collie? Chihuahua? Miniature Pinscher? [Consistent training may help](https://www.youtube.com/channel/UC-qnqaajTk6bfs3UZuue6IQ?ref=traincanine.com). An Australian Cattle Dog? [Sorry: game over](https://twistedsifter.com/videos/australian-cattle-dog-digs-trench-to-herd-water-in-her-yard/?ref=traincanine.com).
### The No. 1 mistake people make when teaching their dogs to come when called
URL: https://www.traincanine.com/mistakes-training-recall/
Last updated: 2026-09-01T22:47:12.000Z
One of the best things about having a dog is being able to take them for walks and adventures. But sometimes, no matter how much you call their name, your pup just doesn't come.

_This post is for subscribers only._
### How to get your dog to pay attention to you outside
URL: https://www.traincanine.com/how-to-get-your-dog-to-pay-attention-to-you-outside/
Last updated: 2026-06-01T21:21:33.000Z
Your dog needs your help to learn how to focus his attention on you, especially outdoors. After he learns to pay attention, you'll be able to enjoy your walks and outdoor activities together more. The key is teaching him to look at you instead of sniffing or staring.

To teach your dog to pay attention outdoors, make sure he gets the best stuff by looking at you.

Practice in different rooms around the house until he can do it anywhere! Then take your show on the road. Prepare a few chopped bits of something wonderful he doesn't get every day. Dried liver, chicken, cheese, or smelly fish are excellent options.

**1\. Dogs need your attention to teach them how to focus.** Start in a quiet location, with your dog on a leash if the area is large. Stand in one spot so your dog doesn't have a chance to sniff a large area. Make sure you have plenty of soft, tasty treats.

**2\. Say nothing and wait.** Use a clicker or a marker word like "Good" when your dog turns to look at you, and immediately feed 3-5 treats in a row. Repeat this process until your dog will reliably turn and look at you in order to get you to click or use your marker word. Don't use a marker word or clicker if your pup is looking away from you; teach him to pay attention by starting with eye contact.

![Woman heeling with a small white wirehaired Jack Russell terrier on a leash](https://storage.ghost.io/c/8e/39/8e39a9e9-cb69-43e0-9ad9-7b83467424a6/content/images/2022/02/running-g660ebbbc4_1280.jpg)

**3\. Once your dog looks at you within 3-5 seconds** of you both standing still in one location, move to another. For the next few practice sessions, change your location but stay in boring places for your dog -- you don't want to give your dog excuses to ignore you.

**5\. Repeat steps 2 and 3 in increasingly distracting surroundings**, like in front of a building or near another person walking by.

**6\. Practice this skill in different environments** \- outside, inside, when there are distractions around like people or other dogs. You can also practice each time you get ready to throw your dog's favorite toy. Simply wait for your dog to turn around and look at you before you throw the toy.

**7\. Continue practicing these steps every day** so that your dog will learn how to focus his attention on you! The next time someone walks by while you're out with your dog, toss a treat on the ground away from the person. After your dog picks up the treat and looks at you, feed him 3-5 treats from your hand or throw his toy.

If you teach your dog how to focus on you using simple techniques, like waiting for eye contact with you before giving him treats or toys, he'll be more likely to pay attention when you're out and about.
### What is the ABA model of behavior change?
URL: https://www.traincanine.com/what-is-the-aba-model-of-behavior-change/
Last updated: 2026-06-09T20:58:40.000Z
*Updated June 9, 2026*

**Note: Applied behavior analysis (ABA) is not dog training, child training, or compliance training. It is the study of how behavior works in relation to the environment.**

When was the last time someone asked you how you trained your dog, or which behaviors you thought were [most important](https://www.traincanine.com/basic-manners-curriculum/) to train? As trainers, it's important we have a model, or global perspective, from which to work.  
  
While each dog is an individual, and all training scenarios are unique, without a framework from which to approach behavior change, our efforts can fall short. 

There are many ways to interpret and to change our dogs’ behavior. Some of these interpretations, or models, are more useful to us as trainers than others.  
  
[Mental models](https://nesslabs.com/mental-models?ref=traincanine.com) are frameworks that help you understand how things work, or ways that you think about the world. In my experience, the most useful way for animal behavior consultants to interpret and change behavior is by using the model of applied behavior analysis, or ABA.

**Every living organism behaves.** ABA gives us a way to observe behavior, change conditions, teach useful skills, and measure whether our help is actually helping.

Using behavior science with dogs does not mean reducing dogs to lesser status or treating them as input-output machines. When we take a scientific approach to changing behavior, it means taking their environment, needs, learning history, motivation, and outcomes seriously.

Behavior is always changing. The ethical question is how we arrange learning, what goals we choose, and whether the learner’s welfare stays central. We always ask: What is this behavior doing for the learner, what conditions are setting it up, and what can we teach or change so life works better?

In dog training, ABA helps us move away from blame. Instead of saying a dog is stubborn, spiteful, dominant, or manipulative, we ask what the dog has learned, what the environment is cueing, and what reinforcement is maintaining the pattern.

## **More about applied behavior analysis**

[Applied behavior analysis](https://www.thechicagoschool.edu/insight/psychology/scientific-concepts-applied-behavior-analysis/?ref=traincanine.com) is the real-world use of behavioral principles to understand the link between behavior, antecedents and consequences, and to change behavior.

There are several advantages to using ABA as our mental model for dog training. One is that it relies on principles that we already know work to change behavior: Operant conditioning, respondent conditioning, and the three-term contingency of antecedent-behavior-consequence. Another is that in ABA, behavior is measurable. We can measure where and when behavior takes place, for how long it takes place, and its frequency, duration and magnitude. 

A major advantage of using ABA as the model to change our dog’s behavior is that we no longer have to “guess” about what comes next when developing a training plan. We also avoid throwing everything but the kitchen sink at a behavior problem, in the hopes it will work. We can systematically work through a behavior issue to determine a behavior’s function, and then make changes to the behavior’s antecedents, consequences, or both, and evaluate the results.

![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/8e/39/8e39a9e9-cb69-43e0-9ad9-7b83467424a6/content/images/2022/02/IMG_0586-3.jpg)

Puppies offer an astonishing range of behaviors to change.

## **Alternative models for changing dogs’ behavior**

What models could we use when thinking about behavior change instead of applied behavior analysis? Here are four alternative models I often see in dog training:

**Medical model** \- Biological events, including nutrition and illness, are the causes of behavior, and can be diagnosed and treated.

**Cognitive model** \- The dog’s thoughts create behavior. These thoughts are knowable to humans, and can be changed by human intervention.

**Instinctive model** \- The dog’s internal states, sometimes labeled “instincts” or “drives,” create behavior. These drives are knowable, and while immutable, can be given outlets. “Channeling” these drives affects the dog’s behavior.

**Temperament model** \- The dog’s temperament creates its behavior. The dog’s behavior can be modified, but temperament involves unchanging aspects of the dog’s personality. Therefore, after attempts at behavior modification or training, the dog can revert to behaviors influenced by its temperament.

💡

I describe these models as a way to categorize recurring discussion about dog training. I am not a veterinarian or psychologist. Psychiatry and psychology often refer to the [medical and cognitive models of abnormality](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Models%5Fof%5Fabnormality?ref=traincanine.com#:~:text=The%20four%20main%20models%20to,all%20from%20a%20different%20approach.) in people.

The medical model is used by veterinarians and veterinary behaviorists to diagnose and treat a dog’s physical condition, including prescribing medication. Because we are not veterinarians, dog trainers and behavior consultants are not qualified to diagnose or treat medical problems. This includes not making nutritional recommendations, nor advising a nutritional approach to addressing behavior, unless we have been specially trained in animal nutrition (that is, we carry a degree).

Training dogs using a cognitive or instinctive model is complicated, because we don’t know at any given time what our dog is thinking. While we’re aware that an animal’s internal, invisible processes, such as biological events and cognitive states, affect our interactions with that animal, attempting to change behavior based on assumptions of these states alone can lead us “down the rabbit hole.” 

Sometimes in the instinctive model, trainers have a good handle on what is known in applied behavior analysis as [establishing operations](https://behaviorplace.com/tips/2017/10/27/establishing-operations?ref=traincanine.com). These are internal or environmental conditions that temporarily change the value of a reinforcer. For example, intentionally withholding food or social contact before training a dog would create the conditions for an establishing operation.

![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/8e/39/8e39a9e9-cb69-43e0-9ad9-7b83467424a6/content/images/2022/02/annie-spratt-1wAGVmYBxwQ-unsplash.jpg)

Photo by [Annie Spratt](https://unsplash.com/@anniespratt?utm%5Fsource=unsplash&utm%5Fmedium=referral&utm%5Fcontent=creditCopyText) on [Unsplash](https://unsplash.com/s/photos/petting-dog?utm%5Fsource=unsplash&utm%5Fmedium=referral&utm%5Fcontent=creditCopyText)

An example of the cognitive model I often see in animal training is the claim about an animal’s “energy” level, or “energetic state.” Without measuring an animal’s blood cortisol level, other specific hormone levels, etc., and performing a detailed assessment and intra-species comparison of body language, there isn’t a way for us to know exactly what is going on in the dog’s body and mind (if then). Trainers who use terms like “energy” are usually referring to observable behaviors – body language – including outward displays of arousal, fear or anxiety. Or, they’re referring to a dog’s body position, such as whether the dog is barking, lunging, attending to its handler, lying down, or standing still.

There is no measurement to call training a success using the cognitive or instinctive models. Has the dog’s thinking changed? Are his drives being appropriately channeled? How do we know? All conclusions must be based on direct and indirect observation of the animal’s behavior in the environment. This is the observation of behavior, which is measurable, unlike thoughts or drives.

Like the cognitive model, the temperament model doesn’t provide us with much information about what the dog is doing. Instead, it seeks to predict a dog’s future behavior, based on the dog’s past behavior. As with all models, it has its uses, such as when selecting a dog for therapy dog work, or deciding whether to place a puppy in a particular home. However, when it comes to changing a dog’s behavior, the temperament model has less to offer. Its usefulness is to inform trainers how to manage a dog’s environment, to prevent undesirable behavior and to encourage wanted behavior.

## **Training models versus training techniques**

One last note: A training model, or framework, for viewing behavior is different from a training technique or set of techniques. Think of the model as the lens through which you view all training and behavior problems. 

Training techniques, in contrast, are the collection of exercises you use to train dog. Sometimes a trainer's technique includes a series of behaviors they'd like the dog to learn. You might start all puppies by teaching them to sit in exchange for attention, for example, or teach all your clients' dogs the same exercises. Your training technique allows you to adapt your approach to an individual animal or situation, and to know where you are going and how you are going to get there. 

![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/8e/39/8e39a9e9-cb69-43e0-9ad9-7b83467424a6/content/images/2022/02/elena-mozhvilo--Yi5q0fmrbY-unsplash.jpg)

Photo by [Elena Mozhvilo](https://unsplash.com/@miracleday?utm%5Fsource=unsplash&utm%5Fmedium=referral&utm%5Fcontent=creditCopyText) on [Unsplash](https://unsplash.com/s/photos/puppy-sit?utm%5Fsource=unsplash&utm%5Fmedium=referral&utm%5Fcontent=creditCopyText)

Occasionally trainers will confuse their training technique with a [thinking model](https://jamesclear.com/mental-models?ref=traincanine.com). This is likely when a new trainer follows a more experienced trainer’s advice, and sees that the experienced trainer “always does things the same way.” 

What’s most likely happening is that the experienced trainer’s technique follows the same format from case to case, and allows him or her to adapt his or her training to each individual animal. It's also possible the experienced trainer doesn’t have as much success using identical training techniques as one may think!

## **ABA: A practical model for behavior change**

Applied behavior analysis is the real-world use of behavioral principles to understand the link between behavior, antecedents and consequences, and to change behavior. There are several advantages to using ABA in training dogs, as noted. Alternative models for changing a dog's behavior don’t always provide us with much information about what a dog is doing. These models often seek to predict future behavior instead of modifying the dog’s current actions.

Applied behavior analysis is a model that helps us better understand what our dogs need by accounting for the function of the behavior – that is, why the dog does what he does. 

Using the ABA model you can alter the dog’s environment, antecedents, and consequences appropriately to develop new desired behaviors.

### Further reading

"Applied Behavior Analysis: Principles and Procedures in Behavior Modification" by Edward P. Sarafino (Wiley, 2012).  
  
"Behavior modification in the human services : a systematic introduction to concepts and applications" by Sandra S. Sundel and Martin Sundel. (Sage Publications, 1993).
### Case study: The terrier terror + PDF handout
URL: https://www.traincanine.com/case-study-the-terrier-terror/
Last updated: 2022-12-20T16:16:49.000Z
**Max couldn't help himself.**

When the 7-month-old terrier mix saw his family come through the front door, he ran to them and jumped on kids Sam and Grace. They started yelling at him to go away. Their mother Jane stepped between the children and the dog, exasperated. "No, Max! Get down!" she said.

But Max just clung to her sweater, tearing a hole in it. Grace tried to give Max a treat and asked him to sit, but Max jumped up at her and scratched her hand, causing her to spill the treats all over the floor. The family's older Golden Retriever, Joni, came over to gobble up the treats, and then she and Max started squabbling over the food. It was pandemonium in the house.

Jane tried to get control of the situation, but it was hopeless. Finally she gave up and shouted in frustration: "Max! Sit! NOW!"

Max briefly glanced up at Jane and then went right back to being a turd.

"I have no idea what to do with this dog," Jane said to her mother on the phone that night. "He's just not trainable."

Jane was at her wits' end. The family seemed doomed to live in chaos – until they worked with a professional trainer to put together a behavior modification plan.

Check out the training plan for Max and **get your free PDF handout on teaching a dog to keep his feet on the floor**.

_This post is for subscribers only._
### How to tell if your dog is relaxed: Body language and signs
URL: https://www.traincanine.com/how-to-tell-if-your-dog-is-relaxed-body-language-and-signs/
Last updated: 2026-06-26T13:14:18.000Z
*Updated June 26, 2026*

Do you know how to tell if your dog is relaxed? It can be difficult to decipher what your dog is feeling just by looking at them, but it's important to be aware of the signs that they are comfortable and content. In this post, we will discuss the body language and signs that indicate a dog is relaxed. We'll also provide tips on how to help your dog feel more at ease in different situations.

## Dogs communicate through body language

Dogs communicate through body language. They use their posture, facial expressions, and vocalizations to send messages to both humans and other dogs. Once you know how to read these signals, you'll be better at reading your dog's state of mind.

While each dog is an individual, all dogs share similarities in the ways they express their thoughts and emotions.

Before you look for one perfect sign that your dog is relaxed, zoom out.

A relaxed dog appears to be loose, soft, and comfortable in a way that fits the situation. Remember that just one signal by itself can be misleading. A wagging tail, a belly-up position, lip licking, yawning, or a quiet dog lying still can mean different things depending on what else is happening.

A good question to ask yourself is: what does your dog look like when they are truly comfortable, and what changes when something becomes harder? Look at the whole dog, the whole situation, and what is normal for that individual dog.

## Why relaxed body language matters in dog training

Reading whether your dog's body language is relaxed helps you decide whether your dog is ready to learn, interact, explore, rest, or keep going.

If your dog looks loose and lacks tension anywhere in the body, that may be a good time to practice an easy skill, introduce a small challenge, or reinforce behavior you want to see more often. If your dog looks tense, avoidant, frozen, frantic, or conflicted, the better training choice may be to make the situation easier instead of asking for more.

Questions to help sharpen your observation of dog body language:

- Is my dog [comfortable enough](https://www.traincanine.com/emotions-in-dog-training-empathy-body-language/) to learn right now?
- Is the environment helping or making things harder?
- Do I need more distance, a quieter space, a break, or an easier step?
- What behavior do I want to reinforce while my dog is still able to think?

Training problems can get worse when people miss [early signs of stress](https://www.traincanine.com/is-my-dog-stressed-spot-the-signs-of-stress-in-dogs/) and fatigue, and keep pushing until the dog barks, lunges, shuts down, snaps, or refuses to participate. Reading relaxed and stressed body language early gives you more humane options. You can pause, change the setup, reward calm behavior, or give your dog a way out before the situation becomes too much.

💡

Related: [how emotions affect your dog’s ability to learn](https://www.traincanine.com/emotions-in-dog-training-empathy-body-language/?utm%5Fsource=chatgpt.com).

For serious dog enthusiasts, trainers, and behavior consultants, this is the foundation of better behavior planning. Body language helps you decide when to proceed, when to adjust, and when the plan is asking too much of the learner.

![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/8e/39/8e39a9e9-cb69-43e0-9ad9-7b83467424a6/content/images/2022/02/alexandre-debieve-of3d69synHo-unsplash.jpg)

![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/8e/39/8e39a9e9-cb69-43e0-9ad9-7b83467424a6/content/images/2022/02/atanas-teodosiev-GvhSUEN-Lm8-unsplash.jpg)

![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/8e/39/8e39a9e9-cb69-43e0-9ad9-7b83467424a6/content/images/2022/02/jonathan-daniels-CdVG9f96kyg-unsplash.jpg)

![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/8e/39/8e39a9e9-cb69-43e0-9ad9-7b83467424a6/content/images/2022/02/snooze-cora.jpg)

Relaxing dogs.

## Signs that a dog is relaxed

The signs and body language that indicate a dog is relaxed include:

- A soft, squinty gaze with the pupil not dilated.
- Mouth and lips relaxed, or slightly open. The corners of their lips may also be turned upward into a smile.
- Tail held level or hanging down, softly waving in the air or gently thumping on the ground.
- Ears held back, but not flat or tensed, near the dog's head.

There are also some non-obvious signals that can still be seen in a relaxed dog:

- Dog's whole body is curved in a C- or an S-shape.
- Dog is standing perpendicular or at a "T" angle in relation to you.
- Taking treats without snapping or biting your hand.

## Want to get better at reading your dog?

Join Train Canine for practical dog body-language, behavior, and training-plan resources for serious dog enthusiasts, new puppy families, dog-training enthusiasts, trainers, and behavior consultants.

Sign up 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. Unsubscribe anytime.

## Ambiguous dog body language

There are also a few signals your dog can give that could mean your dog is relaxed or your dog is stressed, depending on the context. You'll need to watch your dog in in different situations to learn what is normal for them. To accurately read your dog's body language, you'll want to observe the whole dog. Are you seeing more body language signals from the relaxed list, or the stressed list? Let the total picture be your guide.

Some signals that can mean a dog is relaxed **or** stressed, depending on the situation and the rest of the dog's body language:

- Licking its lips. This can be stress-related if the dog has just experienced a close encounter with a person or another dog. Or it could be a sign of neutral emotions, especially if your dog licks its lips after smelling something interesting.
- Wagging its tail slowly from side to side.
- Putting its head down and closing its eyes.
- Rolling over on its back and exposing its belly.
- Lifting a paw.

![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/8e/39/8e39a9e9-cb69-43e0-9ad9-7b83467424a6/content/images/2022/02/laula-co-1TCw4zP1XBk-unsplash.jpg)

![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/8e/39/8e39a9e9-cb69-43e0-9ad9-7b83467424a6/content/images/2022/02/michelle-tresemer-MjKUUaYQQ6U-unsplash.jpg)

![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/8e/39/8e39a9e9-cb69-43e0-9ad9-7b83467424a6/content/images/2022/02/nick-mundackal-pW7q0W5qBSU-unsplash.jpg)

![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/8e/39/8e39a9e9-cb69-43e0-9ad9-7b83467424a6/content/images/2022/02/serjan-midili-J29IrzpNOTw-unsplash.jpg)

Dogs feeling the pressure.

## Signs that a dog is uncomfortable or stressed

Signs of stress in dogs can be difficult to spot if you're not familiar with dog body language. In some cases, a dog may simply seem lethargic or uninterested in his surroundings. (For a deeper look at stress signals, see: [Is my dog stressed? Spot the signs of stress in dogs](https://www.traincanine.com/is-my-dog-stressed-spot-the-signs-of-stress-in-dogs/?utm%5Fsource=chatgpt.com).) Some of the most common body language signals of a stressed dog include:

- Yawning
- Panting when it's not hot and the dog hasn't exercised.
- Ears flat against the head.
- Crouching or shivering.
- Tail tucked, held straight up, or stiffly wagging.

Less obvious signs of a stressed dog:

- Seeing the whites of a dog's eyes.
- Sneezing
- Lip licking
- Scratching

## How to help your dog feel more relaxed in stressful situations

Now you know what your dog looks like when relaxed or stressed, but do you know there are ways to help them feel more relaxed?

Here are a few tips on how to help your dog feel more at ease in stressful situations:

- Keep an eye on the environment. Loud, noisy, crowded places (including your own home), unknown animals, or young or loud children can cause even the most laid-back dog to feel stressed. Be sure your dog has a way to leave such situations if she chooses.
- Make sure they have appropriate exercise and mental stimulation. A tired dog is a relaxed dog.
- Provide plenty of positive reinforcement (tasty treats, attention, and soft praise) when they behave in a way that you want them to.
- Avoid yelling or punishment, as this will only make the dog more stressed.
- Make sure they have a safe place to retreat to when things get too hectic. This could be a designated spot in the house or yard, or even a crate.

By being aware of the common signs of stress in dogs, you can take steps to alleviate any discomfort your dog may be feeling.

Learning to read your dog’s relaxed body language means you are paying closer attention, noticing patterns, and helping adjust the environment or move your dog into a safer emotional space before the unwanted behavior starts.

When you understand what relaxed looks like for your individual dog, you can also spot the moments when they are unsure, stressed, tired, or not ready for more. That is the start of great training, when we see what the learner is showing us.

If you want a structured way to think about behavior change, start with [the ABA model of behavior change](https://www.traincanine.com/what-is-the-aba-model-of-behavior-change/?utm%5Fsource=chatgpt.com).

## Frequently asked questions about relaxed dog body language

### Is a wagging tail always a sign that a dog is relaxed?

No. A wagging tail can mean several things, including excitement, uncertainty, tension, or social conflict. Look at the whole dog: loose muscles, soft eyes, comfortable movement, and a body that fits the situation are more useful than the tail alone.

### What does it mean when a dog shows their belly?

A belly-up position can mean a dog is relaxed, but it can also be an appeasement signal or a sign that the dog is unsure. If the rest of the dog looks loose and comfortable, they may be relaxed. If they look stiff, frozen, wide-eyed, or tucked, they may need more space.

### How can I tell if my dog is relaxed or stressed?

A relaxed dog usually looks soft and loose. A stressed dog may look tense, frozen, restless, avoidant, wide-eyed, tucked, panting when they are not hot, licking their lips, yawning, or trying to leave. Context is everything here! Always compare what you see to what feels typical for your dog.

### Why does relaxed body language matter during training?

Relaxed body language helps you decide whether your dog is ready to learn. If your dog is comfortable, they may be able to practice, explore, and respond to cues. If they are stressed or overwhelmed, the better choice may be to make the situation easier, add distance, take a break, or change the plan.

### What should I do if my dog does not look relaxed?

Make the situation easier for your dog, any way you can. Give your dog more distance, reduce pressure, move to a quieter space, pause training, or let them take a break. If your dog often looks stressed, reactive, shut down, or unsafe, consider working with a qualified trainer or [behavior consultant](https://www.traincanine.com/what-is-a-dog-behavior-consultant/).

Want to understand dog behavior more deeply?

[Start Here ](https://www.traincanine.com/start-here)
### Teach your dog to focus on you
URL: https://www.traincanine.com/teach-your-dog-to-focus-on-you/
Last updated: 2026-06-01T21:21:47.000Z
There's no doubt dogs can be easily distracted. Squirrels, cats, cars, bikes, skateboards, the neighbor -- you name it, they're into it. With a little patience and some simple practice, you can teach your dog to stay focused on you during training sessions or while out on walks. It may take some time and work, but with consistency, your dog will eventually learn to keep his attention on you when it matters most.

![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/8e/39/8e39a9e9-cb69-43e0-9ad9-7b83467424a6/content/images/2022/02/fish-g10ea25c77_1920.jpg)

Sardines make an excellent choice of enticing dog treat.

## Start with the good stuff

If you're having trouble getting your dog to pay attention to you, be sure you're handing over the best food you've got. We prefer pieces of cooked chicken, liver, or cheese as treats.

## Make it easy for your dog to focus

Make it a no-brainer for your dog to focus on you. Start in the most boring location your dog can imagine, like the living room or laundry room. Make sure there are no other people or dogs around. Use a leash to restrain your dog if need be. Then bring out the good food -- real chicken, fish, dried liver, or cheese. You'll need 30-50 small pieces of food per training session.

Don't say anything to your dog! Wait until he makes it clear that he's focused on you and is eager to get a piece of the food you're holding. If he looks at you for at least three seconds, feed him 3-5 treats. If he doesn't look at you, quietly move to another spot in the room. Because you're in a boring place, he'll eventually come over and give you a look or a sniff. When he does, feed the 3-5 treats and move to another spot in the room. Practice this in short sessions of about five minutes each time.

## Slowly increase the difficulty

As your dog improves his or her focus, make the tasks more difficult. Train around a familiar dog, a favorite person, or have someone squeeze a toy for you.

![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/8e/39/8e39a9e9-cb69-43e0-9ad9-7b83467424a6/content/images/2022/02/dog-ga390946a1_1920.jpg)

Toys make excellent reinforcers for teaching your dog to focus. Try using two identical toys so you can always have one handy to reward your dog.

## Start to move further away from your dog

Gradually move further away from your dog as you wait for him to turn and look at you. Getting your dog to look at you from across a room or your backyard is a great way to make the task harder.

Train at different times of the day, gradually getting closer to high-energy distractions like squirrels and other dogs. If your dog gets distracted in any of these new environments, go back to a boring location or far enough away from the distraction that he can focus on you again.

## Train your dog with high-value items

Praise is always important, but teach your dog focus by making paying attention. Engage in play with brand-new toys or use a favorite treat or game to teach your dog to look away from distractions and to stay focused on you.

Dogs are naturally easily distracted, but with enough patience and practice you can teach your dog to focus on you. Training sessions should be 5 minutes long or less, in locations that are not too distracting for your dog at first.

Practice makes perfect, so make sure to keep practicing until your dog is able to focus consistently!
### How To Become A Dog Trainer
URL: https://www.traincanine.com/how-to-become-a-dog-trainer/
Last updated: 2026-09-10T15:59:53.000Z
*Updated May 2026: In the U.S., dog trainers still do not need a license or formal certification to begin working professionally, but reputable credentials, hands-on experience, and continuing education can help clients evaluate your qualifications.*

## So you want to become a dog trainer?

The first best step you can take to [become a dog trainer](http://#) is to join a professional organization dedicated to animal behavior and training.

Most professional animal trainer organizations encourage new or aspiring trainers to join. You can find out about educational opportunities, learn from established trainers and behavior consultants, and develop your network of training colleagues.

Organizations to consider joining include the [International Association of Animal Behavior Consultants](https://iaabc.org/?ref=traincanine.com) (IAABC) and the [Association of Professional Dog Trainers](https://www.apdt.com/?ref=traincanine.com) (APDT).

## Do you need certification to become a dog trainer?

No. In the United States, there is no universal license or certification required to call yourself a dog trainer. But certification can help show clients that you have documented education, hands-on experience, and ethical standards behind your work.

For example, the CPDT-KA currently requires candidates to be at least 18, have a high school diploma or equivalent, log at least 300 hours of dog training experience within the past three years, provide an attestation statement, and pass a 200-question exam. IAABC’s Accredited Dog Trainer credential is positioned for trainers with solid foundational skills and about 2+ years of training experience.

## Dog trainer versus dog behavior consultant

What's the difference between a dog trainer and a dog behavior consultant? 

Dog trainers are professionals who are skilled in teaching dogs new behaviors. These new behaviors can be useful on their own, such as teaching a dog to wait politely at the door. Or, new behaviors can be taught to replace unwanted ones, such as teaching a dog to keep four feet on the floor instead of jumping up. 

People call dog trainers for a variety of reasons. Often, dog trainers are asked to address training and behavior issues at the same time. Some dog behavior problems require education and experience to successfully resolve, such as separation anxiety or aggressive behavior. 

When a dog's behavior issue is potentially harmful to itself, people, or other animals, it is best addressed by a dog behavior consultant or [veterinary behaviorist](https://www.dacvb.org/search/?ref=traincanine.com).

Animal behavior consultants use tools and techniques from the field of behavior analysis. Their approach is based on years of research and real-world experience about how to change behavior in an efficient, effective, and humane way. Dog behavior consultants are usually certified by a professional organization that [upholds standards](https://iaabc.org/about/lima/?ref=traincanine.com) for the treatment of people and animals in their care.

## Train your own dogs

You need to practice training dogs to become a dog trainer.

Beyond training your own dogs to be good canine citizens, earning a title with your dog can challenge and sharpen your training skills. There are dozens if not hundreds of dog sports and titling venues to choose from. These include online and nosework venues, if travel with your dog isn't an option. 

A few other examples of activities you can earn titles with your dogs include obedience, agility, disc, herding, tracking, flyball, or dock diving. 

![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/8e/39/8e39a9e9-cb69-43e0-9ad9-7b83467424a6/content/images/2022/01/search-dog-5951530_1920.jpg)

Scentwork or nosework can be a rewarding way to learn how to enhance a dog's natural abilities.

## Work with multiple dogs

Shelters and rescues are great places to volunteer your time while gaining hands-on dog training skills.

Working with as many dogs as you can will improve your knowledge of dog body language. You need to know when you're observing a dog whose mental or emotional states could lead to aggression. Become familiar with the basic body language dogs display across breeds — stress, avoidance, fear, aggression, relaxation and arousal.

If you can, offer to foster puppies or young dogs. If you have the opportunity, help train and socialize puppies for breeders, shelters or clients. Much of the behavior that drives people to abandon, rehome, or euthanize their dogs can be addressed early.

## Teach people to train their dogs

A significant skill in professional dog training is the ability to teach other people. You can improve your public speaking and teaching skills by apprenticing with a local trainer who teaches classes, or volunteer with your shelter's public training program.

[10 must-read books on teachingWhat would you like to train today?![](https://www.traincanine.com/favicon.png)Train CanineSarah Filipiak![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/8e/39/8e39a9e9-cb69-43e0-9ad9-7b83467424a6/content/images/wordpress/2018/03/guy-2557251_1920.jpg)](https://www.traincanine.com/10-must-read-books-on-teaching/)

What skills are most in demand? Loose-leash walking, puppy house training and crate training, and [basic manners](https://www.traincanine.com/basic-manners-course/) such as sit, down, stay, and come when called.

## Dog trainer education and schools

If you’re employed by or volunteer for an established dog trainer or dog behavior consultant, you can work alongside them or under their guidance. This is a good way to [build your foundation with Dog Training 101](https://www.traincanine.com/become-a-pro-dog-trainer-course/) and to get exposure to increasingly difficult training and behavior cases.

How can you find a dog training internship or mentor? Ask! Many established dog trainers are happy to provide skills and knowledge education in their areas of expertise. 

Look into the background of your potential mentors, and see if they're associated with any professional organizations, universities, or other learning institutions. Ask questions about how much hands-on experience you'll be getting and what types of cases or training they take on.

As mentioned, membership organizations that offer networking and education for dog trainers include the [IAABC](https://www.iaabc.org/?ref=traincanine.com), the [IAABC Foundation](https://iaabcfoundation.org/courses/?ref=traincanine.com), [APDT](https://www.apdt.com/?ref=traincanine.com)[,](http://www.apdt.com/?ref=traincanine.com) the [American Veterinary Society of Animal Behavior](https://www.avsabonline.org/?ref=traincanine.com), and the [International Society of Applied Ethology](http://www.applied-ethology.org/?ref=traincanine.com).  
  
Some popular schools and online training programs include: [Academy for Dog Trainers](https://www.academyfordogtrainers.com/?ref=traincanine.com), [Catch Canine Trainers Academy](https://catchdogtrainers.com/?ref=traincanine.com), [Karen Pryor Academy](http://www.karenpryoracademy.com/?ref=traincanine.com), [Pat Miller Certified Trainers](http://www.peaceablepaws.com/?ref=traincanine.com), and [Animal Behavior College](http://www.animalbehaviorcollege.com/?ref=traincanine.com).

Look for a program that encourages the use of [sound behavior science](https://karenpryoracademy.com/about/?ref=traincanine.com) and [humane dog training principles](https://m.iaabc.org/about/lima/?ref=traincanine.com). In 2026, I’d be especially cautious about any program that teaches a tools-first approach instead of starting with learning theory, welfare, behavior assessment, reinforcement-based training, and client coaching.

## Getting certified as a dog trainer

In the United States, there is no licensing or certification requirement to be a dog trainer.

While [regulation is a hot topic](https://www.traincanine.com/dog-trainer-regulation/) for the dog training profession, only a handful of attempts have been made to introduce legislation for professional licensing.

[What certification do I need to be a professional dog trainer?In the United States, there are no formal requirements to become a dog trainer. Dog training schools and organizations have surged in popularity in recent years. Certification for trainers, however, is still new. So, why get certified? Benefits of certification The obvious perk being a certified do…![](https://www.traincanine.com/favicon.png)Train CanineSarah Filipiak![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/8e/39/8e39a9e9-cb69-43e0-9ad9-7b83467424a6/content/images/wordpress/2017/04/50922354_ml-1000-700.jpg)](https://www.traincanine.com/what-certification-do-i-need-to-be-a-professional-dog-trainer/)

You'll want to track your experience and education hours to determine when you're ready for certification. Typically 1-2 years working with a professional trainer or behavior consultant is needed before you have enough experience and knowledge to pass a dog trainer certification exam. Plan to track your education, hands-on training hours, client-facing experience, and continuing education from the beginning. Many respected credentials expect significant experience before you apply. CPDT-KA requires 300 hours of dog training experience within the previous three years, while IAABC’s Accredited Dog Trainer credential is designed for trainers with solid foundational skills and 2+ years of experience.

Certifications assess your working knowledge of learning theory, animal training and husbandry, and your skills teaching others and managing a dog's behavior. Becoming certified shows you're serious about developing your dog training skills and allows you to demonstrate your qualifications to clients.

The IAABC has a [recommended reading list](https://m.iaabc.org/resources/recommended-reading/?ref=traincanine.com) if you're interested in certification.

Before pursuing certification as a dog trainer, [keep learning](https://apdt.com/education/?ref=traincanine.com) in as many different formats as you can. Work with other trainers, network on and offline. Take advantage of the [plethora of online webinars and workshops](https://iaabc.org/bin/?ref=traincanine.com#/ceus/search/) to learn from. Train your own dog in a new format or area you’ve never attempted before.

## FAQ: Becoming a Dog Trainer

### How long does it take to become a dog trainer?

You can start learning immediately, but most people need months to years of study, hands-on practice, mentorship, and experience with many different dogs before they are ready to work professionally.

### Can I become a dog trainer online?

Yes, online courses can be useful, especially for learning behavior science, training plans, and client communication. But you still need hands-on practice with real dogs and real people.

### What is the best certification for dog trainers?

There is no single required certification. Commonly recognized options include CPDT-KA through CCPDT and Accredited Dog Trainer through IAABC. Look for credentials that require experience, ethical standards, and continuing education.
### Case study: The mouthy puppy + PDF handout
URL: https://www.traincanine.com/case-study-the-mouthy-puppy-pdf-handout/
Last updated: 2022-12-20T16:17:02.000Z
**Let me tell you about Jonah.**

Ben and Jonah are sitting on the couch. Susan is doing a few yoga stretches across the room while Ben watches football. Jonah runs to Susan, who coos at him before he jumps up and bites her in the behind. “Jonah!” she says sternly. 

She smacks his nose with her hand, which has no effect on him – in fact, it seems to make the biting worse.

Jonah is a 12-week-old, intact male whippet puppy. Jonah bites. A lot. He mostly bites, or “mouths," when clients Susan and Ben are sitting on the couch together.

Jonah will also run to Susan and surprise her with a bite to the behind. With visitors, Jonah mouths their arms and nips at their faces. Susan and Ben brought Jonah home at 10 weeks from a breeder, who advised them to give him a swat on the face when he bites.

Check out the training plan for Jonah, below, and **grab your free PDF handout on puppy biting** at the end. It’s yours to distribute to any clients who can use it!

_This post is for subscribers only._
### What’s the key to good dog training?
URL: https://www.traincanine.com/whats-the-key-to-good-dog-training/
Last updated: 2022-01-28T21:54:21.000Z
Dog training is a skill. To be a good dog trainer, you must combine your mechanical skills with your knowledge of dogs and people. If you want to become a successful dog trainer and help resolve behavior problems, start by developing the following skills and attributes.

_This post is for subscribers only._
### Management for reactive dogs: How to keep your dog safe and under control on walks
URL: https://www.traincanine.com/management-for-reactive-dogs-how-to-keep-your-dog-safe-and-under-control-on-walks/
Last updated: 2024-05-03T14:39:10.000Z
If your dog is reactive to other dogs or people when out on a walk, you know how frustrating and embarrassing it can be. Not only is this behavior stressful for you and your dog, but it can also be dangerous if your dog starts barking or lunging.

In this post, we will discuss some professional tips and tricks for managing and controlling reactive dogs. We will also provide some basic steps to training a dog to stop leash-reactive behavior. If you're struggling with your reactive dog's behavior or worried about your dog injuring themselves, you, or others, reach out to a [professional behavior consultant](https://m.iaabc.org/consultant/?ref=traincanine.com) for help.

1. **Practice your leash handling skills.** To change the way your dog behaves on walks, first practice your leash handling skills at home, in a quiet location away from distractions. Start by holding the leash in your left hand and have a treat in your right. As soon as your dog looks at you or makes any effort to follow the treat, give it to them and praise them. Once they are consistently following the treat, start adding distance between you and your dog before rewarding them for good behavior. Practice making [u-turns](https://youtu.be/KPhA-5xfJMw?ref=traincanine.com), [walking backwards](https://youtu.be/v8vUA1vfTo0?ref=traincanine.com), and [recall](https://youtu.be/7nZh4AJbjvE?ref=traincanine.com). When you're ready to practice leash handling on walks, take along your dog's [top three favorite treats](https://youtu.be/ug2Sq6BuoWk?ref=traincanine.com).
2. **Stay aware of your surroundings.** Keep an eye on your surroundings and try to spot potential triggers before your dog does. When you see something that might upset your dog, use your leash handling skills to get your dog's attention and walk the other way. You can also look for visual and physical barriers like parked cars, building corners and doorways, or trees and bushes to put a barrier between your dog and the other dog or person.
3. **Use distance to keep your dog focused on you.** Many times a reactive dog won't respond to treats alone, especially in the presence of other dogs. When you are out on walks, plan your route so you can physically distance yourself from your dog's typical triggers. This may mean choosing a different time of day to walk, taking a different route, or making your walks shorter and planning other mentally and physically stimulating activities for your dog. Use distance to your advantage. When you see a potential trigger, put some space between you and the dog or person. This will help your dog stay calm and avoid getting reactive.
4. **Reward calm behavior.** If your dog spots another dog or person and is far enough away to take a treat, feed and then drop more treats on the ground in front of you. If your dog isn't interested in the food, create more distance. If your dog reacts, make a note about how close they were to the trigger and use that information to keep a workable distance the next time. Move away from the trigger each and every time your dog starts to bark. This will help your dog calm down instead of staying excited by the sight of other dogs or people. When your dog is calm, feed several treats in rapid succession. This will help reinforce the behaviors you want to see from your dog when on walks.
5. **Never punish your reactive dog.** Dog training with verbal corrections, leash jerks, or electronic collars does not teach your dog how to behave calmly around other dogs. These things can make the problem worse. Your dog may start to see the other dog as a source of anxiety or pain, despite your intentions. Instead, walk calmly away from the other dog and find a spot where your dog feels good enough to practice a few leash-walking skills or [basic obedience cues](https://www.traincanine.com/basic-manners-course/). Give your dog plenty of treats and happy praise when he does.

Working with a reactive dog can be difficult. It sometimes feels hard to know where and when they might react. One way I’ve found to make a training plan is to ask myself before every outing with a reactive pup whether I feel as though we will have enough control in that environment to succeed.

If not, plan a different walking route, or continue to work on leash handling skills in a less challenging location. If you're having trouble with your reactive dog's actions or are concerned about your dog hurting themselves, other people, or yourself, [get in touch](https://m.iaabc.org/consultant/?ref=traincanine.com) with a professional behavior consultant.

[Basic Manners Course: Start hereThis step-by-step curriculum is designed to help improve your dog’s behavior.![](https://www.traincanine.com/favicon.png)Train CanineSarah Filipiak![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/8e/39/8e39a9e9-cb69-43e0-9ad9-7b83467424a6/content/images/2021/12/gabe-pierce-5TPx9X_obko-unsplash.jpg)](https://www.traincanine.com/basic-manners-curriculum/)

[Join today](https://www.traincanine.com/#/portal/signup) to access the Basic Manners course.

Interested in learning more about professional dog training? Subscribe if you want more content like this delivered straight to your inbox!
### Is dog cloning going viral?
URL: https://www.traincanine.com/dog-cloning-viral/
Last updated: 2026-09-01T22:47:31.000Z
If you've lost a dog, you know the feeling. Who among us doesn't want their dog back?

[Bring in the clones: Instagrammers are genetically replicating their petsCloning cats and dogs is expensive and controversial. But the humans behind petfluencer accounts say it’s worth it.![](https://cdn2.bustle.com/input/2022/icon-17641d8f7a.png)InputJessica Lucas![](https://imgix.bustle.com/uploads/image/2022/1/14/dcba0260-b604-482a-ae9a-6faab2e81c5c-social-pups.jpg?w=1200&h=630&fit=crop&crop=faces&fm=jpg)](https://www.inputmag.com/culture/instagram-influencers-viagen-cloning-pets-cats-dogs?ref=traincanine.com)

[Bring in the clones: Instagrammers are genetically replicating their pets](https://www.inputmag.com/culture/instagram-influencers-viagen-cloning-pets-cats-dogs?ref=traincanine.com)

Mine's a 100-lb. European-bred black and red German Shepherd named Mulder, friend to all but the bad guys, an overachieving retriever, and lost at age 11 to an aggressive cancer. I was 32 when he died, and felt I'd never have another dog again, if only I could keep that one.

Before I pull out my change jars for deceased-dog cloning technology, though, I remember the untold secret of pet cloning: you're buying a breeding technique, not a replacement animal.

This story of [Chance the bull and his clone](https://www.thisamericanlife.org/291/reunited-and-it-feels-so-good/act-two-6?ref=traincanine.com) has stuck with me as a prominent example of the inseparability of nature and nature when it comes to behavior.

### The ethics of pet cloning

The ethical concerns around the science of cloning pets still loom large: [Inside the complicated, messy world of pet cloning](https://massivesci.com/articles/pet-cloning-dogs-personality/?ref=traincanine.com).

The ASPCA has developed a [position statement on pet cloning](https://www.aspca.org/about-us/aspca-policy-and-position-statements/position-statement-pet-cloning?ref=traincanine.com), asking for an end to the cloning and genetic engineering of pets. They want a team to be formed comprising industry representatives, scientists, animal welfare professionals, veterinarians, and bioethicists that will look at how this work has been done in the past, what safety measures need to be put into place, and if it is ethical to continue doing this type of research.  
  
[Dog cloning has only a 20 percent success rate](https://sps.columbia.edu/news/should-you-clone-your-dog?ref=traincanine.com). This means having the female dogs undergo multiple surgeries to collect egg cells and to implant a cloned embryo even though there is no established benefit to her or any resulting puppies.

Cloning pets has been a topic of concern for many years because of the lack of regulation and lack of ethical standards set forth by experts in animal health and welfare. There are still many questions that need to be answered, such as the long-term effects on both the clones and the original animals. In the meantime, it is important to remember that [clones are not exact copies](https://www.washingtonpost.com/nation/2022/04/11/clone-pets-cat-science/?ref=traincanine.com) – they have their own unique personalities and are still subject to environmental pressures and changes, just as the original pet was.
### Is my dog stressed? Spot the signs of stress in dogs
URL: https://www.traincanine.com/is-my-dog-stressed-spot-the-signs-of-stress-in-dogs/
Last updated: 2026-06-26T13:16:56.000Z
*Updated June 26, 2026*

Do you ever wonder if your dog is stressed? You're not alone! Stress in dogs is a real phenomenon, and can have serious implications on your dog's behavior and quality of life. Fortunately, there are ways to spot the signs of stress in dogs before they become a problem. In this blog post, we'll discuss how to read dog body language so that you can answer the question "Is my dog stressed?" We'll also cover some of the most common stress signals dogs exhibit, as well as tips for calming an anxious dog.

Reasons why a dog might feel stress:

- Moving to a new home
- Being left alone for long periods of time
- Having a change in routine
- Meeting new people or animals
- Hearing loud noises
- Seeing unfamiliar objects
- Having to interact with strangers or children
- Being in an unfamiliar location

![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/8e/39/8e39a9e9-cb69-43e0-9ad9-7b83467424a6/content/images/2022/02/dog-1530644_1920.jpg)

![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/8e/39/8e39a9e9-cb69-43e0-9ad9-7b83467424a6/content/images/2022/02/dog-2619108_1920.jpg)

![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/8e/39/8e39a9e9-cb69-43e0-9ad9-7b83467424a6/content/images/2022/02/dog-3360592_1920.jpg)

![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/8e/39/8e39a9e9-cb69-43e0-9ad9-7b83467424a6/content/images/2022/02/dog-3857972_1920.jpg)

Some signs your dog is stressed can be subtle, such as lip-licking, whites of eyes showing, or dilated pupils.

## Pay attention to your dog's avoidance signals

Dogs may show subtle signs of stress their owners may miss. Some of these include:

- Panting without exercise, or in cool weather
- Turning his head or averting his gaze
- Showing the whites of his eyes
- Licking his lips
- Yawning
- Lips pulled back or muzzle clenched shut
- Ears pinned back against his head
- Leaving or attempting to leave the area
- Hiding behind his person
- Asking to be picked up (small dogs)
- Refusing to take treats
- Shaking, drooling, crouching or whining.

If you see your dog doing one or more of these, pay attention. These are warning signs that your dog does not like what is happening.

## Think of avoidance as a sign that says: STOP! Your dog is stressed

When you notice that your dog is feeling stressed, first try to remove your dog from the place that's causing him stress. There are a number of reasons a dog could be avoiding a particular person, dog, or place but ignoring his stress signals could lead to a bite or fight.

If your dog is always stressed by certain things, you can help them learn how to cope with those things before they do something bad, like biting or running away. There are dog trainers that specialize in helping dogs with anxiety, and they can help you create a plan to make your dog more comfortable.

If you think your dog might be stressed, don't hesitate to ask for help! There are lots of people who want to help dogs feel better, and it's always better to address the issue head-on before your dog or someone else is hurt.

By monitoring your dog's signals, you can take action before a bark, growl or bite happens. It can also help to compare stress signals with [signs that your dog is relaxed](https://www.traincanine.com/how-to-tell-if-your-dog-is-relaxed-body-language-and-signs/?utm%5Fsource=chatgpt.com).

## Sign up for Train Canine

Unleash the dog of your dreams!

Subscribe 

Email sent! Check your inbox to complete your signup. 

No spam. Unsubscribe anytime.
### Wait at Door
URL: https://www.traincanine.com/wait-at-door/
Last updated: 2024-05-17T22:35:18.000Z
Door dashing, door darting, running out the door, escaping. Whatever you call it, the behavior of fleeing out the door as soon as it’s opened is a dangerous one for many dogs. Learning to wait at the door is an essential tool you or your clients need.

How do we teach our furred friends to wait for permission to go out the door? How do we prevent others from leaving doors open, or pausing at the door while waving good-bye, or letting the screen door fly open when it’s windy?

You can build this short training plan into your day training, coaching and board and train programs, and impress your clients with a dog who waits patiently for his turn to go outside.

[Members, start here](https://www.traincanine.com/wait-at-door-getting-started/)

### Not yet a member?

[Access now - $6/month, cancel anytime](https://www.traincanine.com/#/portal/signup)

What's included:

- A materials list
- Step-by-step training plan
- What to do if the dog makes a mistake while training
- Full video demonstration
- How to maintain the Wait at Door behavior once training concludes.

## Wait at Door

### [Join to access this step-by-step training plan](https://traincanine.com/?ref=traincanine.com#/portal/signup)

![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/8e/39/8e39a9e9-cb69-43e0-9ad9-7b83467424a6/content/images/2022/01/dog-2971008_1920.jpg)

#### Table of contents

1. [Wait at Door: Start here](https://www.traincanine.com/wait-at-door-getting-started/)
2. [Wait at Door: Before you begin](https://www.traincanine.com/wait-at-door-before-you-begin/)
3. [Wait at Door: Lesson One](https://www.traincanine.com/wait-at-door-lesson-one/)
4. [Wait at Door: Lesson Two](https://www.traincanine.com/wait-at-door-lesson-two/)
5. [Wait at Door: Lesson Three](https://www.traincanine.com/wait-at-door-lesson-three/)
6. [Wait at Door: Video demonstration](https://www.traincanine.com/wait-at-door-video-demonstration/)
7. [Wait at Door: Lesson Four](https://www.traincanine.com/wait-at-door-lesson-four/)
8. [Wait at Door: Wrapping up](https://www.traincanine.com/wait-at-door-wrapping-up/)

[Access now - FREE](https://www.traincanine.com/#/portal/signup)
### Your puppy's first night home: How to make it a success
URL: https://www.traincanine.com/your-puppys-first-night-home/
Last updated: 2026-06-09T18:45:41.000Z
You've brought your new puppy home and you couldn't be more excited. Soon it'll be time to help settle your puppy for the night. What do you do? Are trainers still recommending hot water bottles and one of your old t-shirts for the puppy to sleep with? Read on for professional training tips on how to have a successful first night with your new pup.

When I welcome a new puppy into my home, I have a regular routine I use for the first week or so.

Puppies, like all animals, want to feel comfortable and safe, and they like to know what is coming next. The first night, I put the pup's crate or bed in my bedroom, right next to my bed, so that he can hear me breathing and knows where I am. This way I can also reach to pet him if he starts to whimper or cry. A puppy who feels secure is more likely to settle down to sleep for the night.

I also put a few puppy-safe toys in there for him to play with. If you have other pets in the house, you may want to keep them separated from the puppy for the first few days. I keep my puppy away from my other dogs for the first several days, outside of friendly greetings through the crate or when crossing paths. This often means I'm carrying my pup out by himself to potty!

The first night home, I make sure my puppy finishes his last meal around 5 p.m. This gives him ample opportunity to poop before bedtime. I never restrict my puppy's access to water, and neither should you! Veterinarians discourage withholding water overnight, in contrast to some old puppy house training advice you might still come across.

If your puppy is confined to a crate at night and is likely to spill his water, a couple of ice cubes and a little water in a dish or small bucket water will provide enough water to last him the night.

If nighttime accidents become part of the pattern, the [puppy house-training checklist](https://www.traincanine.com/puppy-house-training-checklist/) can help you review potty timing, crate setup, cleanup, and how much freedom your puppy is ready for indoors.

Another thing I like to do on my puppy's first night home is set myself a wake-up alarm for 3-4 hours past the puppy's bedtime outing. I anticipate when the puppy might need to go out and set the alarm slightly earlier. This way, I am training the puppy to wait for me to get up and take him out, rather than to cry and wake me up every night. I repeat the alarm for several nights, gradually setting it later and later until the puppy is successfully making it through the night without a potty trip outdoors.

So there you have it - some tips to help make your puppy's first night a success! By following these simple guidelines, you'll be on your way to establishing good sleeping habits for your new furry family member. Bon voyage, little one!
### Qualities you need to become a good therapy dog trainer
URL: https://www.traincanine.com/qualities-you-need-to-become-a-good-therapy-dog-trainer/
Last updated: 2026-09-01T21:41:36.000Z
Becoming a therapy dog trainer is not an easy task. It takes a lot of dedicated dog training, dedication, and passion for both dogs and people. But if you have those qualities, and are willing to put in the time and effort required, then you can become a successful therapy dog trainer. There are many organizations that offer certification and training programs for aspiring trainers, so it is important to do your research before choosing one.

In this post, we'll cover:

- Why should you consider becoming a therapy dog trainer
- What it takes to become a successful therapy dog trainer
- How do organizations differ in their requirements for becoming a therapy dog trainer
- Which organization should I choose if I want to train therapy dogs?

## What does a therapy dog do?

Therapy dogs provide companionship and comfort to people who are ill, injured, or elderly. They are often used in hospitals, nursing homes, and schools, and can help reduce stress and anxiety in patients and students. Therapy dogs must be gentle, good-natured, and reliable, and they must be able to tolerate a variety of situations.

## A list of therapy dog organizations and certifications

There are many organizations that certify dogs and other animals to perform animal-assisted therapy:

- [Pet Partners](https://petpartners.org/?ref=traincanine.com)
- [Alliance of Therapy Dogs](https://www.therapydogs.com/?ref=traincanine.com)
- [Therapy Dogs International](https://www.tdi-dog.org/default.aspx?ref=traincanine.com)
- [Love on a Leash](https://www.loveonaleash.org/?ref=traincanine.com)®

Most of these organizations provide testing, registration, support, and liability protection for therapy dog handlers and their dogs.

There are other ways to learn about therapy dog training in the form of online courses and certificates. Some include:

- [Colorado State Online: Social Aspects of Human-Animal Interactions (Graduate certificate)](https://www.online.colostate.edu/certificates/human-animal-interactions/?ref=traincanine.com)
- [Concordia University (Wisconsin) Animal Assisted Therapy certificate](https://www.cuw.edu/academics/programs/animal-assisted-therapy-certificate/index.html?ref=traincanine.com)
- [Oakland University’s Animal Assisted Intervention Certificate](https://oakland.edu/nursing/continuing-education/animalassistedtherapy/?ref=traincanine.com)

## Things to consider before becoming a therapy dog trainer

If you're considering becoming a therapy dog trainer, there are a few good reasons why you should give it some thought. First and foremost, therapy dogs provide comfort and support to people in need. They can help improve the mental and emotional health of patients in hospitals, nursing homes, and other care facilities. This means the people you interact with as a therapy dog handler count on you and your therapy dog to play an important role in their health and wellbeing.

Second, not every dog is cut out to be a therapy dog. If your dog is shy around people or doesn't like interacting with strangers, therapy dog work may not be for her. A trainer who has experience evaluating dogs' temperaments can help guide you if you're not sure about using your own dog for therapy work.

![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/8e/39/8e39a9e9-cb69-43e0-9ad9-7b83467424a6/content/images/2022/01/yorkie-gcd9e81de8_1920.jpg)

Therapy dog handlers are almost always volunteers. Professional dog trainers who [specialize in training therapy dogs](https://www.traincanine.com/how-to-train-a-therapy-dog/) can help clients who want in training their dogs to do this work. Therapy dog trainers typically enjoy great satisfaction teaching dogs the necessary skills to become therapy dogs, as they are able to make a real difference in the lives of others.

To train therapy dogs, you must be able to read dog body language, train basic obedience skills such as walking on a loose leash (heeling), sit, down, and stay, and be able to evaluate an individual dog's suitability for therapy dog work.

## Which organization should I choose if I want to train therapy dogs?

If you're interested in becoming a therapy dog trainer, it's important to do your research and find an organization that aligns with your plans for therapy dog work. Some things to consider when choosing an organization include their policies on animal welfare, how much training is required, and whether or not they offer support and resources once you become a trainer.

When it comes to qualifications, most therapy dog organizations require you to be a competent dog trainer and have some background working with animals. An experienced therapy dog trainer can also be helpful in aiding your training efforts and helping you set realistic goals for your training program.

Pet Partners requires all therapy animal teams to renew their registration every two years. This ensures the registered animal is healthy, mentally and physically, and that the handlers stay prepared for things that might happen during a visit.

The Alliance of Therapy Dogs requires an observed test of its dog and handler teams, and a background check for its human handlers.

At Therapy Dogs International, handlers and dogs also must first pass an evaluation given by a TDI Evaluator, and then register with the organization.

In addition to an evaluation by an experienced dog trainer, Love on a Leash® requires 10 hours of supervised visits for teams in training. From there, it may take up to four weeks for your application to be approved.

## Getting started as a therapy dog trainer

Therapy dog training is remarkable work that allows you to work with dogs and help make a difference in people's lives.

No matter what organization you choose to work for, gaining experience working with dogs is essential if you want to become a therapy dog trainer. This experience can come from owning and training your own dog, volunteering at an animal shelter or rescue organization, or working as a pet groomer or dog walker. By putting in the time and effort to learn about canine behavior and train your dog accordingly, you’ll be well on your way to becoming a successful therapy dog trainer.
### Puppy biting: How to stop it from happening
URL: https://www.traincanine.com/puppy-biting-how-to-stop-it-from-happening/
Last updated: 2024-10-31T20:37:51.000Z
Ouch! Your puppy's needle teeth are sharp. How do you keep your puppy from biting your hands and feet?

Here are a few professional dog training tips to keep your puppy's teeth off your hands, feet, kids, and clothing.

1. **Start with positive reinforcement.** When you hear the words "positive reinforcement," you may think "treats." Positive reinforcement is about giving your puppy something he or she wants so a behavior you like will continue. In this case, your puppy wants to play with you. When your puppy bites gently, or bites a toy instead of biting you, continue playing. A rule of thumb is to continue playing with your puppy if the bites don't cause marks, tear clothing or break skin. Otherwise, take a break and try again when your puppy is calm.
2. **If your puppy starts to** [**bite hard**](https://www.traincanine.com/puppy-is-biting/)**, say "Ouch"** in a quiet voice, and stop interacting with her for a few seconds. Removing your attention is negative reinforcement, or taking something away to discourage a behavior. When your puppy stops biting, give her attention and/or a treat.
3. **Use a tether or leash to gently keep your puppy away** from your hands and feet. Tethers are an easy way to control your puppy's access to you. If your puppy starts to bite, quietly say "Ouch" and step outside the reach of the tether. **Your puppy must be supervised at all times while on a tether.** You can also use a leash to keep your puppy away from your hands and feet. Hold the leash in one hand and loop it around a nearby solid object. Without pulling on the leash, give your puppy the short end of leash as you quietly walk a few steps away.
4. If all else fails, [**consult with a professional dog trainer**](https://apps.apdt.com/eweb/DynamicPage.aspx?webcode=TrainerSearch&ref=traincanine.com) to help correct the behavior. A qualified dog trainer can help you set up rules for how your puppy should interact with people and other animals. Dog trainers have additional techniques and tools to help you train your pup how not to bite.

It can be frustrating when your pup is biting at everything that moves! Don't give up if it takes a little while for your puppy to learn to do something other than bite. The goal is to help your puppy learn how to control herself in exciting situations where she may feel like biting. You can always take a break from your puppy by offering her a chew toy, stuffed Kong, or other distraction in her crate or on a tether.
### 10 ideas for what to do with your puppy while you're at work
URL: https://www.traincanine.com/10-ideas-for-what-to-do-with-your-puppy-while-youre-at-work/
Last updated: 2026-08-21T13:37:16.000Z
*Updated June 9, 2026*

If you're like most people, you worry at the thought of [leaving your puppy at home](https://www.traincanine.com/keeping-your-home-alone-dog-entertained/) all day long while you go to work. All dogs, but puppies especially, need companionship and exercise. It just doesn't feel fair to leave them cooped up all day long.

If you’re trying to figure out what to do with your puppy while you’re at work, start with the real problem: a young puppy usually can’t manage a full workday alone without help.

To ease your worries about leaving your puppy during the work day, keep in mind that puppies require at least [16-18 hours of sleep](https://be.chewy.com/how-much-should-puppies-sleep/?ref=traincanine.com) each day!

Puppies need plenty of sleep, but they also need [frequent potty breaks](https://www.traincanine.com/puppy-peeing-indoors-solutions-and-tips/), safe confinement, appropriate things to chew, and time to learn that being alone is normal. So the goal is to build a realistic puppy workday plan.

A good plan answers a few basic questions: where your puppy will rest, when they will go potty, who can help during the day, what they can safely chew, and how you will prevent accidents, panic, and overtired puppy chaos.

The general rule of thumb for confining your puppy to a crate is that she can hold her bladder for the number of hours equal to her age in months, plus one. This means a three-month-old puppy typically can be confined for four hours.

So, if you're gone from home for eight hours, your puppy will need to potty (preferably outside) at least four times while you're away. Some families use a pet sitter, dog walker, trusted friend, family member, playpen setup, or puppy pads as part of the short-term plan. The best answer depends on your puppy’s age, your schedule, your home setup, and how your puppy is coping.

![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/8e/39/8e39a9e9-cb69-43e0-9ad9-7b83467424a6/content/images/2026/06/puppy-house-training-header-image.jpeg) 

#### Need help with puppy potty timing?

Puppy accidents are easier to prevent when the daily routine matches your puppy’s age, schedule, and current level of freedom. Use the free puppy house-training checklist to review potty breaks, supervision, confinement, cleanup, and household consistency.

[Get the checklist](https://www.traincanine.com/puppy-house-training-checklist/) 

Think of the ideas below as parts of one workday plan, not separate tricks. A sitter or dog walker helps with potty breaks. A playpen helps with safe confinement. A frozen Kong or chew gives your puppy something appropriate to do after waking up. The right mix depends on your puppy’s age, your schedule, your home setup, and how well your puppy is coping.

## 10 ideas to keep your puppy happy while you're at work

Here are 10 ideas for what to do with your puppy while you're at work:

1. **Hire a pet sitter.** Professional pet sitters are a wonderful choice if you need to leave your puppy while you go to work. Apps such as Rover and Wag can help you to locate reliable care for your puppy.
2. **Tap your family, friends and neighbors for help.** Asking a friend or neighbor who has a different schedule to let your dog out can be a lifesaver on those days you can't make it back to your puppy in time.
3. **Take your puppy to doggie daycare.** Check that the daycare accepts puppies, and if so, that all dogs (including puppies) are required to be up-to-date on their vaccinations. Make sure the daycare uses a screening process to weed out any aggressive or dangerous dogs. Ask what their protocols are for house training, crating, separating puppies from other dogs during playtime, and what they do if your puppy is getting frightened or overstimulated.
4. **Time your walks.** Time your walks in the morning and evening to coincide with your puppy's eating and potty schedule. Most puppies need to go out when they wake up, and then again after they eat and have a short playtime. Whenever possible, plan for longer walks and exercise immediately before you leave for work and after you eat dinner, to make up for your time away from your pup.
5. **Fill** [**West Paw Toppl toys**](https://www.westpaw.com/products/toppl-treat-toy?ref=traincanine.com) **with canned food and freeze.** West Paw or Kong toys can keep puppies entertained and occupied while you're away. Fill them with food that will take a little longer to chew, such as canned dog food (the Purina Pro Plan puppy line is great) or peanut butter, and freeze them overnight.
6. **Set up a webcam.** If you're really worried about leaving your puppy home alone, set up a webcam so you can check in on her throughout the day. A two-way pet camera with speakers and a treat dispenser can help you stay connected with your pup in between visits from a real human.
7. **Use toys for** [**enrichment**](https://www.traincanine.com/keeping-your-home-alone-dog-entertained/)**.** Puppies can get bored easily, so try to provide some stimulation for him while you're away. Besides Kongs, there are [a number of safe toys](https://veterinarypartner.vin.com/default.aspx?pid=19239&catId=102898&id=10282231&ref=traincanine.com) you can provide for you puppy while you are at work. Food puzzle toys and nylon or vinyl toys made for teething puppies can be good bets.
8. **Leave them in a secure play area.** If you want to give your puppy more space to play without giving him access to the rest of your home, an exercise pen might be a good option. Fill it with frozen West Paw Toppls or Kongs and chew toys to keep him occupied. A couple of puppy pads are a good idea to start, but be aware you may come home to discover your puppy has created confetti out of them!
9. **Play the TV, music, or your smart speaker.** Leave on a TV show or nature video that she's not allowed to watch when you're home, play music at a soft volume, or fire up your smart speaker and leave on an audiobook or podcast.
10. **Adjust your work schedule.** Can you work a flexible schedule, or work from home, until your puppy is old enough to be left alone comfortably for 6-8 hours? Or, can you trade schedules with someone else at work on a temporary basis? The period of time it takes each puppy to adjust to a day home alone varies, but with the right training, exercise, and enrichment regimen, it is temporary.

**And bonus idea:** if you think you can swing it, try taking your puppy to work with you! Many workplaces, especially quiet office environments, are adopting flexible policies towards taking pets to work. Check your company's pet policy or ask your supervisor whether it would be possible to bring your puppy along for a few weeks while you both adjust to your new life together.

![Black poodle puppy resting in a soft bed during a quiet puppy routine at home.](https://storage.ghost.io/c/8e/39/8e39a9e9-cb69-43e0-9ad9-7b83467424a6/content/images/2026/06/poodle-puppy.jpg)

Puppies need more than entertainment while you work. A good setup gives them a safe place to rest, recover, chew, and practice calm alone time. Photo by [Sarah Filipiak](https://sarahfilipiak.pixieset.com/?ref=traincanine.com).

## Common questions about leaving a puppy while you work

### “Can I leave my puppy alone while I’m at work?”

Yes, puppies can stay home alone for a short time so long as they are in a [puppy-proofed](https://www.aspcapetinsurance.com/resources/how-to-pet-proof-your-home/?ref=traincanine.com) area. This doesn't necessarily mean a crate; an exercise pen, baby gated area or small carpet-free room can also be used. Even if you are using an indoor potty system for your puppy while you're away, it's a good idea to have a human check in on them every 4-6 hours or so. Most very young puppies are not ready to stay alone for a full 8-hour workday without some kind of support.

### “How long can a puppy hold their bladder?”

A guideline many of us puppy raisers use is to only leave your puppy alone for as long as he or she can hold her bladder, which is their age in months plus one hour. So for example, a 9-week-old puppy is two months old, which means two hours. Two plus one more equals three hours home alone. If you're using an indoor potty training system or puppy pads, of course you may leave your puppy longer with the expectation that the puppy may go to the bathroom in the confinement area while you are gone.  
  
If your puppy’s accidents are happening during work hours or crate/pen time, [the free puppy house-training checklist](https://www.traincanine.com/puppy-house-training-checklist/) can help you review potty timing, indoor freedom, cleanup, and whether your setup matches your puppy’s age and schedule.

### “Is daycare a good option for puppies?”

The right daycare can be a great option for puppies to have access to human company, socialization, enrichment and potty opportunities throughout the day. Check with your veterinarian and the daycare owner about important disease-prevention measures like required vaccinations, sanitation and biosecurity measures (separation from other dogs, separate feeding equipment and play areas, etc.).
### Protecting your dog from unwanted encounters: A guide to safe and stress-free walks
URL: https://www.traincanine.com/protect-your-dog-from-attacks-on-walks/
Last updated: 2025-01-05T00:24:19.000Z
*Updated at 7:15 p.m. ET on Jan. 4, 2025*

It’s a perfect spring morning. You clip the leash onto your dog’s harness, eager to stretch your legs and enjoy some fresh air together. The sun filters through the trees, the air feels crisp, and for a moment, all is right with the world. But then, you spot it—a loose dog in the distance. No owner in sight, no leash to keep it in check. Your heart rate spikes as you mentally calculate the risks: Is this dog friendly? Will it approach? Could this turn into a dangerous encounter?

For dog owners, especially those with smaller breeds, this scenario is all too common. A simple walk can go from serene to stressful in an instant. Fortunately, with some foresight, training, and a few clever tricks, you can greatly reduce the chances of a negative encounter and keep your furry friend safe. Let’s explore some practical strategies for safer walks.

### **1\. Choose your path wisely**

The easiest way to avoid a confrontation is to steer clear of potential trouble spots. Familiarity with your neighborhood—or any walking route—is key. Stick to paths where you’ve scouted the area and have a general sense of where problematic dogs may reside.

**Example:**  
If you know there’s a house with an aggressive dog that often slips through its poorly maintained gate, plan a route that bypasses it entirely. If you’re eager to explore new territory, consider checking it out solo first, without your dog. This way, you can assess the environment for potential hazards before bringing your pup along.

It’s important to remember that while no plan is foolproof, avoiding known trouble zones can help reduce the likelihood of running into issues. Even in familiar areas, keep an eye out for loose dogs, especially during off-peak hours when owners may be more relaxed about leashing.

### **2\. Teach your dog to stay calm on leash**

Your dog’s behavior can significantly influence the outcome of an encounter. A dog that lunges, barks, or pulls aggressively when it sees another animal may escalate tensions, even if the other dog was initially calm. By contrast, a well-trained, relaxed dog that stays focused on you gives you greater control over the situation.

**Tips for training:**

- Teach your dog to respond to cues like “leave it” or “focus” to divert their attention from other dogs.
- Use high-value treats during walks to reinforce calm behavior when passing other dogs.
- Practice leash walking in quiet areas before gradually introducing more distractions.

**Example scenario:**  
Imagine you’re walking your dog, and a loose dog approaches. Your dog stays calm, doesn’t lunge or bark, and remains attentive to you. This calm demeanor can signal to the loose dog that your pet isn’t a threat, potentially de-escalating a tense situation.

![Person wearing a coat walking a black greyhound who is also wearing a coat.](https://storage.ghost.io/c/8e/39/8e39a9e9-cb69-43e0-9ad9-7b83467424a6/content/images/2025/01/annie-spratt-4jK2qVAkxz0-unsplash-min.jpg)

Photo by [Annie Spratt](https://unsplash.com/@anniespratt?utm%5Fcontent=creditCopyText&utm%5Fmedium=referral&utm%5Fsource=unsplash) on [Unsplash](https://unsplash.com/photos/man-beside-black-dog-during-daytime-4jK2qVAkxz0?utm%5Fcontent=creditCopyText&utm%5Fmedium=referral&utm%5Fsource=unsplash)

### **3\. Don’t be afraid to call out**

If you see a loose dog approaching and there’s an owner nearby, don’t hesitate to call out and request that they leash their pet. It’s a reasonable request, and many responsible owners will comply.

**What to say:**

- “Could you please leash your dog? Mine isn’t good with other dogs.”
- “Hey, can you grab your dog? Mine’s nervous around other animals.”

In cases where the owner refuses or ignores your request, you may need to prepare for more direct action to protect your dog. Remember, your priority is your pet’s safety, and if that means standing your ground, so be it.

### **4\. Carry a deterrent spray**

A deterrent spray, like Petsafe's [**SprayShield Animal Deterrent Spray**](https://www.chewy.com/petsafe-spray-shield-animal-deterrent/dp/110564?ref=traincanine.com), can be a valuable tool in tense situations. This citronella-based spray is non-harmful but effective in deterring aggressive dogs. Keeping it clipped to your belt can give you peace of mind when walking through areas known for loose or aggressive dogs.

**How it works:**  
SprayShield emits a burst of citronella, which dogs find unpleasant. It’s safe to use and doesn’t cause lasting harm, but it can stop an aggressive dog in its tracks long enough for you to create distance.

### **5\. Distract with treats**

If a loose dog approaches, offering a handful of tasty treats can serve as a distraction. This strategy works particularly well with food-motivated dogs. By tossing a few treats in the opposite direction, you may buy yourself enough time to move away.

**Example:**  
You’re walking your small terrier when a large dog comes running toward you. Instead of panicking, you toss a handful of liver treats a few feet away. The approaching dog pauses to sniff the treats, giving you precious moments to calmly walk in the other direction.

### **6\. Advocate for change in your community**

Sometimes, the best way to prevent loose dog encounters is to address the root cause: unrestrained or neglected dogs. Consider starting a local initiative aimed at educating pet owners about responsible dog ownership. Encouraging the use of secure fencing and promoting leash laws can make a big difference in the safety of your neighborhood.

**How to get involved:**

- Collaborate with local animal shelters or advocacy groups to spread awareness.
- Work with your local government to strengthen and enforce leash laws.
- Organize community events that promote responsible pet ownership, like free training workshops.

### **Walk with confidence**

While the world isn’t perfect and loose dogs can pose a threat, you don’t have to dread every walk with your pup. By choosing your routes thoughtfully, training your dog to remain calm, carrying helpful tools, and engaging with your community, you can transform your walks from stressful to serene. Walking your dog should be a joy, not a chore. With these strategies in mind, you can step out with confidence, knowing you’re prepared for whatever comes your way.
### What qualifications do you need to become a protection dog trainer?
URL: https://www.traincanine.com/what-qualifications-do-you-need-to-become-a-protection-dog-trainer/
Last updated: 2026-06-09T20:36:30.000Z
As the name implies, protection dogs are dogs that are trained to guard people and property. Common breeds used in protection work include German shepherds, Rottweilers, Doberman pinschers, Dutch shepherds, Malinois, and mastiffs. Anybody who has ever seen a protection dog at work can attest to how intimidating they are. Learning to train protection dogs requires hours of observation, practice, and apprenticing with a qualified protection dog trainer.

## Qualifications you need to become a protection dog trainer

To become a protection dog trainer, you need to have a lot of experience working with dogs. This includes hours of observation, practice, and apprenticing with a qualified protection dog trainer. Protection dog training is a specialized field, so it's important to have the proper skills and knowledge before starting out on your own.

There are a few different protection dog sports that you can compete in, such as Schutzhund, Mondio sport, IPO and French Ring. These events require a high level of training and teamwork between the handler and dog. We'll focus on Schutzhund for this article. If you're interested in becoming a protection dog trainer, you should start observing at and volunteering for these events to get experience working with protection-trained dogs under pressure.

Training protection dogs is not an easy task. It takes a thorough knowledge of dog body language, good timing, leash handling skills, and a working understanding of [how dogs learn](https://www.dogwise.com/how-dogs-learn/?ref=traincanine.com).

When you're ready, you can [locate a club or group](https://www.myschutzhundlife.com/single-post/2019/09/10/the-inner-workings-of-schutzhund-clubs?ref=traincanine.com) that uses positive reinforcement training to start to learn to train and compete with your own dog. The most important thing you can do at this stage is to pay attention to the dog-handler teams. You can learn a ton watching other teams work through training challenges.

## Do protection dog trainers compete in Schutzhund?

Schutzhund is a common type of test for protection dogs that evaluates the animal's ability to track humans across difficult terrain. The sport was developed in Germany in the early 1900s as a method of testing the temperament and working ability of dogs used for police work. Today, Schutzhund is practiced around the world by dog owners and trainers who are interested in developing their animals' working skills.

There are three phases to Schutzhund training: tracking, obedience, and protection. In the tracking phase, dogs are required to follow a human scent trail over different types of terrain. The obedience phase includes a series of exercises that test the animal's responsiveness to its handler and its ability to perform complex commands. The protection phase is by far the most demanding, requiring the dog to resist the attacks of several human decoys for between 3 and 10 minutes. There are three categories of protection dogs that can earn schutzhund titles: obedience (SchH1), tracking (SchH2) and protection (SchH3).

![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/8e/39/8e39a9e9-cb69-43e0-9ad9-7b83467424a6/content/images/2022/01/belgian-shepherd-malinois-g28a514e30_1920.jpg)

## How much does it cost to train a protection dog?

Training protection dogs can be very expensive because it involves not only time and travel but also special equipment such as tracking harnesses, leashes, muzzles, and protection dog vests. In the United States, there are no laws or requirements to call oneself a qualified protection dog trainer. You will need to research any club or instructor you are interested in training with to learn about his or her methods. Avoid protection dog trainers who use shock, e-collars, prong collars, or other painful methods as their go-to techniques for teaching protection. To become a qualified protection dog trainer in the United States requires you to train your dogs in Schutzhund, french ring, or other systematic protection training. Therefore an experienced teacher and club are essential.

## Finding your fit as a protection dog trainer

The Schutzhund, French Ring and other protection sport clubs all want members who are supportive of their goals. You need to learn skills from a qualified mentor in order to train protection dogs. This is not an easy skill set to get right! If you have the time, patience, support network and personality traits needed for this career then it may be worth considering training protection dogs as your next move in life.
### Teach your dog to target your hand + PDF handout
URL: https://www.traincanine.com/hand-targeting-handout/
Last updated: 2024-11-01T01:32:26.000Z
Teaching a hand target using clicker training is a great way to strengthen the bond between you and your pup and improve their attention skills. This simple exercise is easy to learn and can be used in all kinds of situations, like staying calm around other dogs or asking politely for things through hand targeting. **Follow the instructions below or scroll to the bottom to download the PDF handout!**

## Teach your dog to target your hand

Teaching your dog to target your hand is a great way to bond with your pup and improve her obedience skills. Hand targeting is when you teach your pup how to tap the palm of your hand with their nose when given a verbal cue. This skill can help improve obedience and keep your dog settled around the house and in the neighborhood! You can ask your dog to touch your hand instead of pulling on leash or barking at another dog.

You can also teach your dog to ask for things politely by using hand targeting. For example, you can ask your dog to touch your hand with her nose before you walk out the front door, before offering a chew, or even before you feed her. It also helps build your dog's trust in staying close to you, which can lead to improved communication in other areas like leash walking and recall commands.

### Steps to get your pup successfully targeting your hand:

1\. To start, put some tiny and delicious treats into your treat pouch for your dog. The treats should be no bigger than your fingernail.

2\. Hold your hand out in front of your dog's face, no more than 2-3 inches away. Your dog will probably touch your hand with its nose. As soon as you feel your dog's nose touch your hand, click the clicker and give your dog a treat. (When teaching hand targeting, make sure to hold your hand still and let your dog touch you first!)

3\. Repeat this several times until she is reliably touching your hand with her nose when you offer your hand.

4\. Once your dog has grasped the concept of eagerly touching your hand for a click and treat when it is within 3 inches of her nose, you can start to move your hand further away. You can also try new ways of presenting your hand, such as at your side. Stick with each new way of presenting your hand until your dog touches it reliably.

5\. Now we're ready to introduce the word "Touch." When your pup nearly always touches their nose to your hand when you present it, use the word “Touch” as you show your hand. Continue practicing clicking and treating your dog for touching your hand when you use the "Touch" cue, in different settings and various distractions.

Hand targeting with clicker training is a great way to bond with your dog and improve their obedience. This easy-to-learn exercise can be used in all kinds of situations to help calm and focus your dog. Have fun clicker training your pup and enjoy the bond you create with this rewarding exercise!

Subscribe below to get a free PDF handout of this exercise!

_This post is for subscribers only._
### Dog trainer regulation: Where are we now?
URL: https://www.traincanine.com/dog-trainer-regulation/
Last updated: 2026-06-09T18:49:50.000Z
## Calls for dog trainer regulation in 2021

With incidents of alleged animal abuse by dog trainers on the rise in the news and social media, questions about whether occupational licensing can prevent these tragedies have made the rounds this year.

- Viral videos on social media have prompted [an outcry for dog trainer licensure](https://www.wbay.com/2021/12/22/experts-speak-out-about-dog-training-rules-regulations-wisconsin/?ref=traincanine.com) in United States.
- The topic of the [lack of regulation](https://thebark.com/content/dog-training-unregulated?ref=traincanine.com) in the U.S. dog training industry comes up fairly frequently. Anyone who hangs out their shingle as a professional dog trainer or dog behavior consultant must acquire certification or accreditation on their own.
- We'll look at recent abuse allegations prompting criticism of the dog training industry, where the industry stands on regulation, and what those outside the industry are doing to tackle this problem.

_This post is for subscribers only._
### Help, my puppy has separation anxiety
URL: https://www.traincanine.com/puppy-has-separation-anxiety/
Last updated: 2026-06-09T18:51:12.000Z
After leaving your puppy alone, are you coming home to chewed shoes, shredded toilet paper, trash cans with their contents spilled everywhere or furniture with missing legs or destroyed cushions?

Many peoples’ first instinct when encountering this problem is to declare their dog or puppy has separation anxiety. However, true separation anxiety looks different from a puppy who keeps herself busy when left home alone.

Before assuming every home-alone struggle is anxiety, it helps to check the basics: potty timing, confinement setup, indoor freedom, and what happens before accidents. The [puppy house-training checklist](https://www.traincanine.com/puppy-house-training-checklist/) can help you review those pieces.

Oftentimes busy puppies need to be safely confined with their own chew toys while you are gone, and taught to settle while you are at home (see tips below).

In contrast, signs of separation anxiety include dogs who:

- Destroy entry and exit points (doors, windows, etc.);
- Destroy or damage a crate;
- Become increasingly agitated — pacing, whining, or even biting — when you attempt to leave;
- Injure themsevles when left alone (bloody nose or paws, for example);
- Refuse to eat even normally tasty treats while you are gone;
- Barking or crying for more than an hour while you are gone (use an audio or video recorder to verify).

If your puppy is exhibiting two or more of these symptoms, contact your veterinarian and a qualified animal behavior consultant right away.

If your puppy shows no anxiety when you are preparing to leave, and a video camera or tape recorder indicates that your puppy settles within 20 minutes after you’ve left, then you can often rule out severe separation anxiety.  
  
**To help with “busy puppy” syndrome or mild separation anxiety, try these tips:**

- Train your puppy in a play-settle-play pattern. Interrupt playtime with your puppy with frequent “settle” breaks. In the middle of a game, stop playing and ask your puppy to sit or down. At first make these breaks just a few seconds in length, gradually increasing them so he settling for 30 seconds or more for every couple of minutes of play. This helps teach the puppy to control his emotional responses, and also that you aren’t a vending machine of fun, ready to play at every moment.
- Make sure your puppy spends at least one hour of quality time in his crate while you are home. This means he is in his crate with a delicious chew toy while you are busy with other activities. That way, he does not always associate being in the crate with you leaving.
- Leave a radio playing while you are gone, and make sure he has plenty of treats and chew toys. Good treats are an essential part of training your puppy to be home alone — he knows he gets something special to eat when you leave! Also, any uneaten food can be a sign of increasing separation distress and provides a good way to monitor your puppy’s progress.
- Keep your arrivals and departures low-key. Don’t fuss over your puppy before leaving, and wait at least a minute or two when coming home to acknowledge your pup with more than a brief “hello.”

Check out the DVD [Crate Games](https://www.dogwise.com/ItemDetails.cfm?ID=dta287&ref=traincanine.com "Crate Games DVD") by Susan Garrett, for more help teaching your puppy to be happily crated while you are gone.
### How to train a therapy dog
URL: https://www.traincanine.com/how-to-train-a-therapy-dog/
Last updated: 2026-09-01T22:47:34.000Z
_This post is for subscribers only._
### Basic Manners
URL: https://www.traincanine.com/basic-manners/
Last updated: 2026-09-01T21:45:05.000Z
## **Stop jumping up, pulling on leash, running away and more.**

In [this training plan](https://www.traincanine.com/basic-manners-curriculum/), you’ll go step-by-step with a certified dog behavior consultant to improve your dog’s behavior. Whatever behavior problem your dog is experiencing, you can improve it by regularly practicing what you learn in this four-week training course.

## **The Four Basic Manners**

These [four lessons](https://www.traincanine.com/basic-manners-curriculum/), practiced regularly, will help you gain control over your dog, and they are fun to train! No pulling, yanking, yelling, pinching or nagging is required.

This class is ideal for dogs 15 weeks and older who haven’t yet received training or that need a solid foundation to build on so they can learn more complex and detailed commands.This four-week course takes you and your dog through basic obedience training, as well as skills needed for house manners and socialization. We’ll give you a primer on common training problems and how to solve them, too.‌

##  Just for dog trainers 

### [Subscribe or upgrade](https://www.traincanine.com/#/portal/signup) to get full access to this course 

### Table of contents

1. [Welcome - What you'll need + Frequently Asked Questions](https://www.traincanine.com/basic-manners-curriculum/)
2. [Lesson One - Settle](https://www.traincanine.com/basic-manners-lesson-one-settle)
3. [Lesson Two - Stay](https://www.traincanine.com/basic-manners-lesson-two-stay)
4. [Lesson Three - Pay attention](https://train-canine.ghost.io/ghost/www.traincanine.com/basic-manners-lesson-three/?ref=traincanine.com)
5. [Lesson Four - By me](https://www.traincanine.com/basic-manners-lesson-four-by-me)
6. [Take your training on the road + BONUS skill: Walk on leash](https://www.traincanine.com/basic-manners-taking-your-training-on-the-road)‌  
‌‌

![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/8e/39/8e39a9e9-cb69-43e0-9ad9-7b83467424a6/content/images/2021/12/jabber-puppy.jpg)

If you run into any problems or roadblocks while training, you can review the lessons whenever you want. A major benefit to this course is that you can spend extra time on any exercise that’s giving your dog trouble — there’s no time limit on getting it right.‌

[Basic Manners Course: Start hereThis step-by-step curriculum is designed to help improve your dog’s behavior.![](https://www.traincanine.com/favicon.png)Train CanineSarah Filipiak![](https://storage.ghost.io/c/8e/39/8e39a9e9-cb69-43e0-9ad9-7b83467424a6/content/images/2021/12/gabe-pierce-5TPx9X_obko-unsplash.jpg)](https://www.traincanine.com/basic-manners-curriculum/)

[Join today](https://www.traincanine.com/#/portal/signup) to access the Basic Manners course.

[Join today](https://www.traincanine.com/#/portal/signup) to access the Basic Manners training plan.
### How to use marker training to teach your dog at a distance
URL: https://www.traincanine.com/marker-training-teach-distance/
Last updated: 2022-12-20T16:17:14.000Z
_This post is for subscribers only._
### Are puppy classes a good idea? Find out if you're teaching what puppies need to know
URL: https://www.traincanine.com/puppy-classes-good-idea/
Last updated: 2024-11-15T17:09:08.000Z
_This post is for subscribers only._
### Why evaluate shelter dogs before adoption?
URL: https://www.traincanine.com/why-temperament-test-shelter-dogs/
Last updated: 2026-09-01T22:47:38.000Z
_This post is for subscribers only._
### 5 reasons you do NOT want to become a dog trainer
URL: https://www.traincanine.com/5-reasons-you-dont-want-to-become-a-dog-trainer/
Last updated: 2026-06-09T20:39:20.000Z
### ‘Of course I want to become a dog trainer!’

Do you love dogs? Do you dream of working with dogs professionally? To become a dog trainer, you need to be a proficient trainer and enjoy working with dogs. But there are a few qualities that can disqualify you. Read on to see if your passion extends to training dogs, or if you might be better suited for a career in veterinary work, pet-sitting, kenneling or dog grooming.

### Don’t become a dog trainer if…

**…You don’t like working with people.** If you’ve been a dog trainer for any length of time, you’ve probably heard someone exclaim, “It’s more about training the people than training the dogs!” I disagree with this statement (you aren’t going to make it far as a dog trainer if you aren’t able to train dogs), but the truth is that you must enjoy working with people too, if you are going to succeed. Almost every dog you work with will have a human attached — and dogs don’t write the checks or refer you to their friends!

### Don’t become a dog trainer if…

**…You only have one tool.** If you know every dog you work with will eventually wear a certain collar, leash, harness or other contraption, you aren’t yet qualified to train dogs professionally. If you’re selling that tool as part of your income generation strategy, you are not a dog trainer — you are a training equipment salesperson. Spend a year or so learning to [train dogs who are wearing no equipment at all](http://fenzidogsportsacademy.com/?ref=traincanine.com), before you set up shop. Make it a point to learn the [function of behavior](http://www.associationofanimalbehaviorprofessionals.com/vol4no1friedmanb.pdf?ref=traincanine.com), so you can successfully address the training and behavior issues your clients have, and know that you can use the appropriate tools as needed.

### Don’t become a dog trainer if…

**…You hate business.** Most trainers who make money training dogs run their own businesses. This does not mean they do everything themselves — almost any aspect of running a business, from answering phones to [marketing](http://www.themoderndogtrainer.net/3-novice-marketing-mistakes-most-dog-trainers-make/?ref=traincanine.com), can be outsourced. And some aspects of operating a dog training business, such as graphic design, accounting or liability contract review, are best done with other professionals’ help. But unless you’re taking a position within an established organization, chances are good that you’ll be wearing the entrepreneur hat as well. Your local [Small Business Association](https://www.sba.gov/?ref=traincanine.com) can help with resources to get your dog training business running.

### Don’t become a dog trainer if…

**…You aren’t interested in learning something new.** Dog training is the practical application of scientific theory (specifically, behaviorism). No one is born knowing about behaviorism, learning theory or applied behavior analysis. As you learn about dog behavior and the principles of behavior change, you may come up against difficult topics, or information that conflicts with what you thought you knew. If you aren’t comfortable with changing your approach to training, or changing your perception of dog behavior, you might be better off in a field that has better-understood requirements. To check your knowledge, the International Association of Animal Behavior Consultants’ [Animal Behavior Consulting: Principles & Practice](https://iaabc.org/courses/principles-animal-behavior?ref=traincanine.com) is an excellent, in-depth overview course for dog trainers and behavior consultants. 

### Don’t become a dog trainer if…

**…You hate networking with other dog trainers.** There’s nothing wrong with being an introvert, and you don’t need to refer away your business. Rather, you want to [be absolutely clear on who your client is](https://blog.bufferapp.com/marketing-personas-beginners-guide?ref=traincanine.com), and [the types of cases you take](http://dogtec.org/articles/the-magic-of-niches?ref=traincanine.com), so you can best serve those clients. Once you’ve established that, you’ll have plenty of opportunities to refer to other trainers. Do you teach group classes, but don’t do in-home sessions? [Find a trainer who does](http://iaabc.org/consultants?ref=traincanine.com), and swap referrals. The same goes for behavior issues such as separation anxiety, aggression, leash reactivity, and more. Talking with other training professionals also offers you the chance to learn what you don’t know. You can fill in the gaps to be even more effective at getting great results for your clients.
### 10 must-read books on teaching
URL: https://www.traincanine.com/10-must-read-books-on-teaching/
Last updated: 2026-09-01T22:47:41.000Z
_This post is for subscribers only._
### Back to the basics: Why does remedial training work?
URL: https://www.traincanine.com/back-to-basics/
Last updated: 2024-05-17T22:35:50.000Z
_This post is for subscribers only._
### Chat with dog trainer Valerie Pollard
URL: https://www.traincanine.com/dog-trainer-val-pollard/
Last updated: 2021-12-27T18:24:30.000Z
In this 15-minute chat, we talk with longtime dog trainer Valerie Pollard about the dawn of the [Association of Professional Dog Trainers](http://www.apdt.com/?ref=traincanine.com), why trainers should be excited about certification with the [International Association of Animal Behavior Consultants](http://iaabc.org/?ref=traincanine.com), and what dog training clients need most from their trainers.

Valerie has been training dogs professionally since 1979 and serves as the chair of the IAABC’s Application Review Committee. 

[Conversation with Valerie PollardA talk with longtime dog trainer Valerie Pollard about the dawn of the Association of Professional Dog Trainers, why trainers should be excited about certification with the International Association of Animal Behavior Consultants, and what dog training clients need most from their trainer.![](https://d8g345wuhgd7e.cloudfront.net/site/images/apple-touch-icon-144x144-precomposed.png)PodBeanPodBean Development![](https://pbcdn1.podbean.com/imglogo/ep-logo/pbblog1716784/stacked-logo-square-3000px_copy.jpg)](https://www.podbean.com/ew/pb-ty63a-69ddca?ref=traincanine.com)
### Preparing for a career as a professional dog trainer
URL: https://www.traincanine.com/becoming-dog-trainer/
Last updated: 2026-09-10T15:59:15.000Z
*Updated Sept. 7, 2026*

Thinking about becoming a [professional dog trainer](https://www.traincanine.com/what-certification-do-i-need-to-be-a-professional-dog-trainer/)? Dog training can be rewarding work, but it is not only about loving dogs. Professional trainers teach people, read behavior, write easy-to-understand plans, adjust when progress stalls, and keep learning as the field changes.

This guide is for serious dog enthusiasts, aspiring dog trainers, and newer professionals who want a practical path into the field without getting lost in certification confusion, old-school advice, or “become an expert in six weeks” marketing.

## What professional dog trainers actually do

Professional dog trainers spend a lot of time coaching people. You need empathy, listening skills, clear writing, and the ability to explain a plan in a way a real household can actually follow.

You also need hands-on training skills. Timing, reinforcement delivery, leash handling, environmental setup, observation, and mechanical skills all matter. Good dog training is not just a list of cues. It is a practical behavior-change process.

If you enjoy dogs, like helping people, and are willing to keep studying, dog training can be both fulfilling and challenging in the best way.

## What to learn before you become a dog trainer

A good dog trainer education path should teach more than “sit,” “stay,” and “come.” Look for education that includes:

- How dogs learn
- How to read dog body language and stress signals
- Humane, science-based training methods
- Reinforcement, motivation, management, and environmental setup
- Basic behavior modification concepts
- Hands-on training mechanics
- How to coach clients without overwhelming them
- How to write training plans and homework people can follow
- When to refer to a veterinarian, veterinary behaviorist, or more experienced behavior consultant

There are many routes into the field. Some people begin with shelter volunteering, assistant teaching, and mentorship. Others start with online courses or professional programs. Most strong trainers combine several types of learning: coursework, observation, practice, coaching, and continuing education.

## Get hands-on experience

Hands-on experience is not optional. Volunteer at a shelter, assist in group classes, foster dogs if it is appropriate for your household, or ask an experienced trainer whether you can observe or help with classes.

The goal is not to collect dramatic cases. The goal is to see a lot of normal dog behavior, normal human confusion, and normal training-plan breakdowns. That is where you learn how much of professional dog training is about clarity, communication, and adjusting the plan to fit the learner in front of you.

Shelter volunteering can be especially useful because you may see many dogs of different sizes, ages, temperaments, and histories. If the shelter has a behavior or enrichment program, ask how volunteers can support it safely and consistently.

## Choose dog trainer education carefully

A dog trainer course should be transparent about what it teaches, who teaches it, what methods it uses, and what kind of support students receive.

Be cautious with programs that promise instant expertise, rely heavily on punishment, use dominance language as a substitute for behavior analysis, or cannot explain why their methods work.

Some well-known education paths to compare include:

- [The Academy for Dog Trainers](https://academyfordogtrainers.com/?ref=traincanine.com)
- [Karen Pryor Academy Dog Trainer Professional](https://karenpryoracademy.com/dog-trainer-professional/?ref=traincanine.com)
- [CATCH Canine Trainers Academy](https://catchdogtrainers.com/?ref=traincanine.com), plus [Dog Training 101 from APDT](https://www.traincanine.com/become-a-pro-dog-trainer-course/)
- [IAABC Foundation courses](https://iaabcfoundation.org/courses/?ref=traincanine.com)

These programs are not interchangeable. Compare them based on your goals, budget, learning style, instructor support, methods, ethics, and the type of work you want to do.

## Understand certification

Dog training is not licensed in most places in the United States, so certification can be confusing.

A course certificate usually means you completed that course or program. An independent certification usually means you met an outside organization’s requirements for education, experience, testing, ethics, and continuing education.

For dog trainers, the [Certification Council for Professional Dog Trainers](https://www.ccpdt.org/?ref=traincanine.com) offers credentials including CPDT-KA and CPDT-KSA. For behavior consulting, CCPDT offers the CBCC-KA, and the [International Association of Animal Behavior Consultants](https://iaabc.org/en/credentials?ref=traincanine.com) offers credentials for qualified training and behavior professionals.

Certification does not make someone a good trainer by itself, but reputable certification can help show clients and colleagues that you have met a professional standard and are committed to continuing education.

## Think about the work you actually want to do

“Dog trainer” can mean many different jobs. You might teach puppy classes, coach private clients, work in a shelter, support cooperative care, help with manners and life skills, assist with reactivity cases, or move toward behavior consulting.

Before you invest in a program, ask yourself what kind of work you want to be doing in two or three years.

If you want to teach puppy and manners classes, your first education path may look different from someone who wants to work complex fear, anxiety, aggression, or behavior-consulting cases.

You do not have to know your whole career path before you begin. But you should know whether a course is preparing you for basic training, private coaching, group classes, behavior consulting, shelter work, or a mix of those paths.

## Build your business and client-coaching skills

If you plan to work for yourself, you will also need business skills. That includes pricing, scheduling, policies, client communication, record keeping, marketing, liability insurance, referral relationships, and knowing which cases are outside your current scope.

Many new trainers focus heavily on training techniques and underestimate the client side of the job. A good plan only helps if the client understands it, can do it, and knows when to adjust.

This is where clear training plans come in. You can't teach what the client can't understand. It's important to make sure your training plans are calibrated to what the human and dog can actually accomplish in between sessions.

## Learn to write useful training plans

One of the most important professional skills is learning how to turn a training goal into a plan someone can follow.

A good training plan answers questions like:

- What behavior are we trying to teach or change?
- What does success look like this week?
- What should the client practice between sessions?
- What should they do if the dog is too excited, worried, distracted, or tired?
- How will we know whether to make the plan easier, harder, or different?
- What management needs to be in place while the dog is still learning?

This is the difference between giving advice and building a process. Advice can sound good in the moment. A plan helps people follow through after you leave.

## Keep learning

Professional dog training changes as the field learns more about behavior, welfare, stress, pain, reinforcement, and humane training practice.

Set aside time and money for continuing education through courses, conferences, webinars, books, mentorship, and professional organizations. APDT, IAABC, CCPDT, and other professional education providers offer continuing education options for trainers and behavior consultants.

The best trainers are not the people who memorized one system and stopped. They are the people who keep improving their observation skills, training plans, client support, and judgment.

## How Train Canine can help you improve as a dog trainer

Train Canine is for serious dog enthusiasts, aspiring trainers, professional trainers, and behavior consultants who want clearer training plans and better behavior outcomes.

If you are exploring the dog-training field, start by learning how training plans work, how client homework falls apart, and how behavior consulting differs from basic training. Those skills will help you no matter which course, certification, or professional path you choose next.

And, explore our [resources](https://store.traincanine.com/?ref=traincanine.com) on dog training plans, client follow-through, behavior consulting, and professional education. The goal is not just to become someone who knows more about dogs. The goal is to become someone who can help dogs and people make real progress together.
### Teaching dog-dog greetings in group classes: Yes or no?
URL: https://www.traincanine.com/teaching-dog-dog-greetings-group-classes/
Last updated: 2022-12-20T16:17:42.000Z
_This post is for subscribers only._
### What certification do I need to be a professional dog trainer?
URL: https://www.traincanine.com/what-certification-do-i-need-to-be-a-professional-dog-trainer/
Last updated: 2026-06-09T20:38:08.000Z
In the United States, there are no formal requirements to become a dog trainer. Dog training schools and organizations have surged in popularity in recent years. Certification for trainers, however, is still new. So, why get certified?

### Benefits of certification

The obvious perk being a certified dog trainer is that you’re set apart from your competition. The market for dog trainers is crowded. The guy down the street who has trained a few dogs can start advertising today, and see training clients tomorrow.

By taking the time to get certified as a dog trainer, you show clients that you take your job seriously. Certification requires you to pass a test that demonstrates your training knowledge. The trainer [who gets a emotional support certification](http://onlinedogtor.com/esa-certification/?ref=traincanine.com) gets more information about your dog. You also agree to follow the certifying organization’s code of ethics and philosophy. This gives dog owners more information about you and your business as they look at training options.

Being a certified trainer also makes you visible to clients. Most organizations that certify dog trainers provide a searchable list of their members online.

Certification with organizations such as the [International Association of Animal Behavior Consultants](http://iaabc.org/?ref=traincanine.com) or the [Certification Council of Pet Dog Trainers](http://ccpdt.com/?ref=traincanine.com) also means you get member benefits from those groups. This includes discounts on dog training courses, workshops, conferences, seminars and online shops, such as [Dogwise](http://www.dogwise.com/?ref=traincanine.com). (For example, [our Become a Pro Dog Trainer course](http://traincanine.teachable.com/?ref=traincanine.com) is discounted for members of IAABC and the [Association of Professional Dog Trainers](http://www.apdt.com/?ref=traincanine.com).)

### Dog training pros give back

Becoming certified is a way to give back to the dog training profession as a whole. You can share what you know about training dogs with the dog training community, as well as with your clients. An educated trainer is a dog’s best friend. Many of us learn about dogs and animal behavior to help dogs. This means offering our presence not only to clients, but fellow trainers.

Organizations like IAABC and the APDT have been at work for more than a decade providing education to any dog trainer who loves to learn. By becoming a certified dog trainer, you can mentor new trainers, and contribute your insights to tricky cases. Being certified also means you get to boast a little about your certification — after all, you’ve earned it!

### What do you think about (insert specific school or organization here)?

There are many dog training schools and animal behavior organizations that provide a humane and in-depth review of how to train dogs. The question is not whether I think a particular group is “good,” but how can you tell which are good, and which are a waste of money?

I check any learning opportunities by answering the following questions. (This advice also applies to as online courses, in-person seminars, conferences and webinars):

- Who is the primary teacher or teachers? Do they have a history working on the types of training or behavior problems I want to work on?
- What are the instructors’ qualifications? Is the instructor associated with an established dog training organization or club?
- Does the instructor treat people and animals in a kind and humane manner?
- Can I talk to members or students about their experiences with the organization? Can I check the school’s or instructor’s references?
- Who will be the primary instructor? What opportunities will I have to get feedback? Who will be reviewing my work? What topics are covered?
- Are this organization’s training philosophies a good fit? For example, IAABC and APDT both embrace the [Least Aversive, Minimally Intrusive](http://iaabc.org/about/lima?ref=traincanine.com) approach. The LIMA framework does not tell trainers what methods or tools to use or avoid. Instead, it requires skill and competence in training, and the approach of each animal as an individual.

### Does getting certified as a dog trainer make me qualified to fix (insert training or behavior problem here)?

As in every profession, education, experience and skill are the keys to being qualified to tackle problems specific to that field. Some certifications, such as the IAABC’s [Associate Certified Dog Behavior Consultant](http://iaabc.org/join?ref=traincanine.com#associate), ask the applicant to prove a working knowledge of behavior modification, and not only the usual dog training tasks.

Are you interested in behavior modification? You should choose a dog training credential that addresses learning theory and the basics of behavior analysis. Or, are you more interested in training dogs to perform new skills and behaviors? Or are you working with a behavior professional to implement his or her behavior plans? If so, you might not feel that you need a rigorous behavior certification program.

### What’s next?

If you are an established trainer who isn’t yet certified, I encourage you to think about joining the ranks of your certified colleagues. We need continuing education, and you might be the person teaching the event we want to attend!

And, you never know: your certification might be what nudges a client to make a last-chance call for her dog, knowing that a caring, competent trainer is on the line.

**See also:**   
[International Association of Animal Behavior Consultants](http://iaabc.org/?ref=traincanine.com)  
[Certification Council for Pet Dog Trainers](http://ccpdt.org/?ref=traincanine.com)

Photo ©: [alfredhofer / 123RF](https://www.123rf.com/profile%5Falfredhofer?ref=traincanine.com)
### Three-step weave poles
URL: https://www.traincanine.com/teach-weave-poles-three-steps/
Last updated: 2026-09-01T22:47:51.000Z
Here’s a look at my non-patented weave pole training technique. If your dog can jump on cue, you can teach the basics of weave poles in a week or so.
### Should a couple expecting a baby adopt a 'mouthy' dog?
URL: https://www.traincanine.com/couple-expecting-baby-adopt-mouthy-dog/
Last updated: 2021-12-27T16:07:28.000Z
**Q: I have an energetic foster dog who is lots of fun — even with a few bad habits. One of those habits is that he will jump up and nip at people — in play — if they run. He is what most would call “mouthy.” (He will also “mouth” my hands when he wants to coerce me to play with him — I know enough not to reward him for this.) On the bike path, he also crouches (like a stalking lion) and pounces at oncoming bikers. He has great ball/frisbee drive — he will retrieve until he literally collapses from exhaustion. I have a couple who is interested in adopting him but who are expecting a baby very soon (reasoning that the baby and the dog can grow up together). Something about having this dog and a baby together makes me nervous, but I’m not sure I can exactly say why…. Do you think that a dog with this low bite inhibition is a bad placement with children, period, or could this be worked with?**

**A:** People expecting to have a baby “very soon” shouldn’t be adopting a new dog, period. The dog, whoever he/she is, is going to take a ton of time and commitment to train and integrate into the household, time and commitment they’re soon not about to have because they’ll need to focus on the baby. A better idea is to get the baby under their belts, so to speak, and then take the time to find a dog who has an excellent history and reputation with young children (preferably with the help of a professional trainer).

A quick word about “bite inhibition” — if your foster dog has a history of putting his mouth on people, but not breaking or bruising skin, dog trainers would call that **good** (or high) bite inhibition. A dog who inhibits his or her bites is at least known not to injure people or other dogs, which is a good thing. Poor bite inhibition would mean the dog is regularly breaking skin and delivering bites that require medical attention.

As for whether the behavior can be worked with, certainly! It will take effort on the new adopter’s part to understand how and why the dog is behaving the way he is, and to channel that energy into an appropriate outlet (you mention ball and disc, both good options, as well as any number of dog sports).

That said, your instincts are right on, and if you don’t think this couple is in the mood for advice, a simple “This dog isn’t suitable for a household with children younger than 5” is sound advice.